saadyd fay lage Wr i A 4a We Raster ikere’ fr wel PEM Trp cag Ft 2) Smee oer a (rite ARIAL Volare APS Vien: } LIAS A Tur) (eee th) Soho i} ey very ee ae Pe i jee et Fy ae hoy He wi gd Re PEL Reet, i pret | i RA? Tid ‘ if yay ty 4 sag Ap caret Ye ve SOLD ARENDS DS REE Roe pov he’ ; ee : Paty f mE Mads INP] SAE AP SRET PAE PUL St : ifs SY ETE ERIN CEP OE hr atyatee Lt Ao oH LAS ENEAL } ; ‘ ee | " pay y49 a? t ay te * ie TERE ieL DeUN gh Fee en ee iy Wet wow Pay dy Cita ee es ET el CRE A Bik et yy | : “ > AE gta | 4 dB yh eid ft VOID A ater et | 5 . ELE E ETAT A saa eatin “stata ratata pabie OOOO amc OC rae ho pinb ine mince ane. eh ee wee Pind Natta Poy ie VEE VOM ded Po Peers paew Pyare ' Patel bly Faye yew bait Hi pe Pek pet sqrt to® iv uf Ppbt a hy VEEP BY 4 JA 95 hyn 08 STADE BREED Wei goers ie Ve eae ee ee] pets Ae ear pricieyle sob een y 4s } 4 , Py ee Oa eae Westeng) AN WPS PW OT hore Aoi PRUE ena Te LR ee Cotas EL RUDE ERY bt Shit Mere Re Rite ot eh ett ay ayaa A! Hite he eee Ba i radi) fee sade igh wayny " Pt SAAS L A] ett ite yaar he aaa! vied: ere wages ane! de yt oe Als . fA a ey ia i Sahel Papp awe ny jeje } A evAg oy? italic eaneiia ve Sen keh sere eae PNY rue SER We hiye icdey Se rye neji ek Boe abe Sh oe} AT an ot Hed Ws AY YAS PA Poneto ae riya) yy isis ied PEPE LEE ROPE PEP DM yg Pa Pa nee Ugur eae FF © HM ny Wy = - et a= “ee carn *e<* —— a ; fae ce a Siitiscas So ae ae Soe Sp emia a ; hyo heey UE? Deeds Pee br fd eA Wa nee airy iaPite gen? baa bet yori ) BA ay Pare yong 4 Yhap 4uN'y : Sis, Masai abit at nereeetaE ate site iret raed LBP ELAN OIT SD Pree | ied Lat sl altos! jg ype ye weeee * rf rs + Peretti! vit aed Bo a Bi) ny Hy Basel wens Bish J ¥ onan LE I fy Fe rardc ear Hi ogee Hy Nias Pie a Phy Fibs ganna iia $i re se Oe euoe ahi gryawe ‘ eae rout ‘ sian PY Melee de Abia aire Ht Tats “ie * gate ay qe vray 4 J oiee ds | a ds bo oo ytd My scl Hare RETR: feb ee, sg FM ae at eee ER eta Tartime bE Pages yey j 9 PAs ath } a — han ont rye ip Ga dedi ait " i Hy WO Gg otte ye y Deeg pa aus +4 4h Ane Ot bony HFG MB Mag OTM ET PIL Ml Cal Arey g tah Sal jetemid digas 84 Hut sho py. tapyl het Bert Bee UOY UMC OE Rt A RUE at} 1 ania Sra UE Ap Pe aihones Pelt i qa 5 4 t a > M4 bar a ep Crt iro thwnay mit he dg SAVAGE pene) Hy , PGs pees V6 ate Ace G He at, Hy Py; AST aavaall ae tlh ala way Veg ib paige Pet uu Aybuieeehe Mat hie i aah) ATT Hg NYAS fe pte 4} Pipgae has 4 POaeric? y : OA) OW ISHN SEMIS PLC PRORAP AY sie) Arabi i Fore ace ante ty PAL MOI Lh CMTE amu eMNcUgT Te date Bestia jolted mete ihe wi hy at ra PTY My nh AM he omige Rog eneen ieee biter iw Fapoid gi et Moho Sashes My ‘ Dee tM, ‘ ers } aad Hye aiae ite gt Vint siren LAD iieied eA id Wt f #0'$6 4 es inte ie pad the VD isaca phe Mit AID) Espada Lia) ae ok Uae sig tdiy 343) bea an) vaanieas jade Vat Ah) eaeny init Peseta Titel Sabre att a beter tne tI GML at A a ‘a Lay te th} ineyeyy pey a its ede “7-9 a4 , ' Laem vt ce BibT aL DE ka EP pte ea SHREK PRY EE rH Ha Kn Hen Heer heat fh died erie = Sat eat Se A) ._-—_ O04 Gay ie oily TAites)a/@4 an » a eh} wid cn 4 fagO pws d+ a atthe vin aati Sei) be tases vfs eh Dy . ke ie, ell Sat ea eee Pe SAS RUE ONdHY Gat 4 x CO haba vd nage viva peg Pare ay al) Sone bs “Ht bie Fy as 4 Li Hn ay V4 ati pater tyre (atl ed 574) cy uh POU EVES ELEt a er ease es Terence if vidal aK: | rt! a Hote § edi het: Sy th OR paths “ rs at YE) BH pa Gt sigh hedh t ti, Mir iy , 6) fiat tan Pie hinaten bes hy per Le: 34 Peo 7 TRU A teh le } ‘ + re won! tras Err are St MMA HH INE ans 4i3! itty (be beg oly Ard ALS 5 > Ho ite wags, Hn Neat Ahi ina ete Veale a ataeih ney! yaa rlelidee nae dad ‘ u 4 st i ibe pr qageeaads ard edy } jdt hay } ie Reta niatbab 4 ae Hainan ate +e Ibe Me ie “¢ sation rt ib spt i ce yadsapeaPai f nit Meigs Ba? ie no) CeCe OM Rnb, i vet 1s frigiyribedie tag civ! de Hei i ie shat iis PRA TRAE dh asl La } pe Aten RIEL SPREE to or gt Sac hh ipa tena uid Gh Tos Oi 9i] 169 $8 wt Hewett (ihe i) cH yes ¥ a3 93 oN i) fe tah seatiraesoasite Haifa an i Aber RAL TE Ue Sear Peete ey | Pata tee eie art Aye disds obey ane 4 etn ft LOS Ok i pabliih rel eb aE E dete BY oe vi . ryee? spe apriie dk hehe sey eee ante aie AL aged Sanat a} ss fe + Lovage pee didi ge, ialiiesy Pont Nistane ali seieali SR OP ee Maen? we bres ite as ert baat seat h it cud bia tyetaiganiyiben afi at aa vtiirs sf Seb this gy ayo! We he Oar, hh ade Paps Bite ll a yaaa das rey ea Hh Y beau aH | 7 Oe Pde igey ha Ai ay ys bet itive Pp pitas fy ai NA Me « ie iy ww 1 { b sites Weeacnes site AREAL eit De Be 2egage hi Ty ae sig Re RAR San RHC EHR ar LE PA re cent Teed bye poll) ieee g Pe ater WEAK LLGRER TT Ted EEE ECT honk MOREA Ce A PRRP Bere 14e vam ON ggee . : fis ps es sf joys 2 424 fy wit se PAPUA i a i G (Fi Wet ae A ¥ Pen te ke ait ai tpett® Hanna 444) eine Agi SH A, 24 ; Cane ee We aed if : i Nala Vedi ds Daerupnehiye) Mth : Hs tae 7 ie 1a Ee ed tele at es Gi SA ER UCI i ae [alee ilar atria ae the tL hegde oie & f reheat [. Miseae Ft . oh aan M hi beh 4 A ste guindve tye) ae shy CY BE Mohri i} teeavded sbaehone b Rit ch tbh bee Rt Hpi Ayaryts Tae esreniee mth Me inte ica 44)3 Seelied Ves 2 in ! nealynsiil best Pa saa aie ow 4 A § Fi Sed inna hci Rt et RY aus sarong ahs thane gee? ct } Hee LAU Nive A ine 14 plata i rare ey 4 whe maa jist Wi 4 Me sre a borate chmninae pie ie ey by ‘ is ‘neeien tee. wh Cate ne aden sea Sel line a pied if arate Hey i! ip ahs Poa iebe a gt rts TP) bh heheh a Ww * sta tas fad hide. La inl gn) iarsearansistenarad sae poll acer kent a ia Rete a CM PTT, ue Reso ae AR hoe si pa (4 4 Dear ante 4 fie Highs isin i301 0 se stalls he pert i" aii es! Piast: tye bens om SB ATW AN: CAL Seon LE se i “Wy bait ci Wy haat ie i He We hide #2 te That hedadaneaal Pat saga ‘ait tig stride} 2404) ‘ ak] lost Pith ve ite ny nad at tr, peels Seay ‘ay sabe a Jaa AY esa ia} ue SRE TE i EN bias os Bl He * Fi qa a es ip Py Ht he Se fe buhay oe \) 1 ' pee ey sAqe wait PESrt et Urn. he ht 4 hy pine eet 4 ifs be ie Hits iplsdraana sen Cont an ire nae i HH wat idel 4 a 8 sas ey ee dead oa ee laet 4 be and bbsiytiya in “oe r q eqn alt a aye
a heat
OU Te bd ithe.
ace ipad bode dei that it athe Ay
ti} Mealy tdsgsn) hh shen te Lat dni
sais isd diadsered) | Smale hy) in Hit if HED way nity
‘4 pA } he SW iddama hey ribadew) eh bth i} ah aH ate 4) Pel
rene a enateaee raged clued atin st laitanard earn ietatete
} Tp Rn ay
PeeeueReied , ‘ het 2
Grn feel er wate be! AIH tat
anit cr cert Pt
Shed alias i
se 4
; ate CMC Rt Aa
Pienee ane aah
De ptae el),
Neh seagate aw
ne ee didads dias
way 18 tie) tan
sae sign te | ba ay ng
Kabel oageWs gals (tbs
eG ek a traaketeaed batt
4 nitite ts!)
eet Wy tided , i faite
Ueapeyeeer sts tah ti ae Hi i Midis
2
‘ ee eee PACE ee
; Avie Lad 5g seh PEEL theta As 4 A k :!
NEBR yin hyneaun mete ba Hn yaar OT AB tens fh Se itera an '
$4) ia ee * fahaaten rot at ; Pettis wee hana et i et Ki aan fs :
MH aes P| i ‘i r Tiber
Naa at a i Ta oF > Hae Cor ib} Ct Py sitet cere dat de
"4
i) ta taht
Wn ately Maly aem
i eae i‘
sat
vibes Lantana tVennnt te ae favorneieash
ee ‘ ch haga a Nts g
ae Pape nneTs a Oat +4 ROG a Hyp ie
ae eas ee a bathe! ieaieshay f Linas tie (ha DG iy pathy) ay ie os bah naka
Mee iste hs FTA i In ie i Nama Nid dike ead Wiles A beebirbe 44) ea pd
Qe asMsaehalia: tlhe [Air iiwsa'ds Basar EP Sean ya ait Ko At? aa 4 at
aint at Aa Wis per tiet ba 5 Fa ly! Pgh “S| Bi arersieat Valse nie
q
¥ ian iy HA st
a $4 yr oR in fiee
shy fs tt ‘Niet RN rirsitte ah
bo fhoks 19 tifa be ifith, 5439.44 Hy hip
‘ iH BN orhy by Wantute
fei RTH 45 Be EAL bi adeeb ard
‘ Ve begat ngbaidb ads srbiadisiy bet wei
a) iit oki ay Nits a iPS UN Pu pe Medd ciel by fay ad ea Nwariss snes
ite vd iteaeata Hawste vane Aaetitiniee Yenibsfidade te ete nits '
a weed PAMELA uate
bites artord 2) dari her aa dad | ae Bou
Ws lihy be nate WAN tetaga gees ibe da deta lhs'ts
an abst anh Haat ie
A role Ds ha ihe eS a tes ry
ae Ae at SN Abit Reena , a My 5!
ei siauae vl ie fh det) inineeisi! ahs 34) aby ‘y
tee 4 aie: deh reas insuaa bei peas ile Hal hs
Mpury ery yy) f Haha teing
hte . AE TE EM ish Hui teary iM i
Kate)
| OY eee ern eee
J det rans Oh aSHs th RO ee)
Had
atte A Abt Hy
Nits Ebb Cha
he hee ae AAA ¥¢
AL Patron ee:
jade
athe dein shi
I iy
Pans dan eae Wabadt ee
1 a
4 a Laie Ot in 4 hehe
Lie, Kerue ees Ck eee | BA ps i re
; ih
Pity 44 pitt a) PGA Ho
i) 1) Kdb4 Ge ra soa
Lite ti} ie +a
Sieh
Pee asa ae) yk
fad shiny GH iteter en tas pide ik gah yin
aes abs dy dead bes 41 HN ‘ es i rae) aiereae iieiet ue Mid any aie Ce : at ‘
. 14.49 aud 4 . Sit yen A ular a sheet 1) 4 a he eet anlar preset i i it i 4 #7 ati "
i A 3 + Aes! Act Hina {hilar ¥2 49 Per a rie hoe MIM q iad eb
SM as AO 2 SACK Ras ah hy Ms Og ie 98 43 aps itt vey isnt} ah she DUT chee Syhane ta wi i aoe i" wh a
de bateea ye bw be te lala ie pa}
BRAN web ae Re 4 do eae Bh Un ats fy
tah 43 $449 te ON be 4
deiedn Deas ite aa bttat be bes ede Apa bite betis
ERED y Wort! Che Ga Vets oe Wins Bh eh aie
Hat clk bea yb NAbeOE CAs Bt
{
Arts 14 bi beep hd hile
ih aie {hy
phy bas ee
9
AS tah ety heh
%
aia tal
ais ip
PY AURA RRMA Cd
bs
et Wal % 3 Ase bt AWRY sas ae As A baat 451 8 a a a ibe Os ae aa he le was dies WOAGA i aeth
that Ny rip Sh ae mate a a ina it " sire MUN. Aue ares} te ‘ie eM inin tt tate Ai he Sena Ais aay? rite “satin
AM MAS DAETALA, LIBERA, As be ae Ke Racer aO A mts tala f BAN sai dieeive cane dae Web hy be td ats EO Sis ds Sati aa
» ; shay (adsl an iain aha ieleraul oi ale
S22 Po bane WA aay
a fs 'Teaet
Or cE Tut Co, PARA Ot Te HM ns
2 WALES: his et AS ie
uf * ede dats
rie wes boy bs bef We Reet y aa. a it spite
wire tn Us
PLR eke Fetes as bbe bo His) eH
EY auare
‘ Leg With mii hands | mAs Nomen a AW HH A 2 oth ee “
a oath he Vere » ‘ FY pee Pat Vale) Via heads 05 Bd te sit i
ne i ane : fi te i; Yue Pate ) FLEW wg tye i i) Shughtacnras ARYA up UH tha ith t
Snag Matas PAS Mw a i! wna i Mi NAH VA NS nde La Phe ih bots Pha bs Ab Pio beaths he esi: me BA AL a aay seinteals mt) pty ihe eA ie
4 fu MR a Asus WY Hi Flot BE et ’ dct the ate tba fbsaae sal aiken Wi ses AY Dabs cH od Ca Doli he be hie ts ee Deen) at
een hed ot ai tiles’ waar Pe PAAR: 2 Pa hjek Ve hatha Wh Dh vant ed ats 1 Siethe a + hotly sa bal Hanis SPM aray eal i
t bites MAA 44 a ie a! “i (hope ‘hs Aides lig be Dantas Pode SEDOU OHO ANA Zen y
” Ws ay beh Brent Hee Th ty He Ps Nfs tu hina * Wai Py oP Pas sehetuba yt tige a aT te wee
Nae ha % i Wi & My ety eibu e Pete en ctey Vt Naas) Hite Di Midnde 4 hs dele ye ir es! Hs 9d ad apa be
Wise wa ce wad A alata re Kad A Ms NONE me Tita hes Daye? ahh MORN TE ER feb Aei dea Re ad siattreane
Lae ropes v/ Ve Reve ede Fe ae ihe fie Se ees, MEAs WaAd Hehe bs hsts daa by he otha as ws dec Astle by by (oe ds Rady tate Gye Gani reed A hablo
¥ tes Ye Add. 44 Arad) Ae We Mal. Ay CIA at ( " milatts ibs fee ta as Aa te Oa ha ost I aay PU IIHiLaCH CAMERA
edhe Mahe bee We WR i miata As ote Wed t 4 af th ore aie ow gt tbe aptattat
Shere Ae bab ALI tye hd bie. Me Oy | Ae yous Ha tby ‘het a gars Whe Uy iba 0 de hd ld edd Maratea aes
cst & dvds May nye te appt ik Wty ha. my Hcy Het, 4 ibaa ba Fiennes ty aa hh a py Dey da easing ats
; f iakeas Hee aa oP dis gu Ae yet ae
prey Ser vine rey mew hl abe, i oe a
witha ae ‘1 eee eae 1m? 4
, OO4 tw Bite * Pry aa oe debe bed Orr
’ ode Wp aerw thee ioupn th Ais
Pe oe RE IE pad Hl ME @ abe ge adh > WR ty Hitt yf
adh —iee pe aA? th cay as aback rae nk aay
p- Ce eee ob Hen 1 eek# made Wie erme ess
A ee MSC OLA i i a ar aie wt m Ache ss beth anion
ow
(8 Po » he heave: bse bad
teat th, one Oe Laan eater “og tn SaeTta ss ! an
ae : : : ca ; ee a Pl eat ; ; ve ‘ ers) ee) ee prereerict ahs +e
MEAVEGGT GE In IN Mire Peeters f nee tis we Nstat Gee
ey ere V4
ee ee eo Wp Vs btn 4 We
‘ ”
hee had
tena nash
LIBRARY OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS
AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN
THE INSECT WORLD:
A POPULAR ACCOUNT OF THE ORDERS OF
INSECTS,
TOGETHER WITH A DESCRIPTION
OF j
THE HABITS AND ECONOMY OF SOME OF THE MOST
INTERESTING SPECIES. hes
oo
eee OS IB, asthe,
FROM THE FRENCH OF
LOUIS FIGUIER\<.
AUTHOR OF “THE WORLD BEFORE THE DELUGE,” “ THE VEGETABLE” WORLD,”
‘(THE OCEAN WORLD,” ETC., ETC. “Sa
ILLUSTRATED BY 564 WOODCUTS.
BY MM. E. BLANCHARD, DELAHAYE, AFTER REAUMUR, ETC
LONDON :
CHAPMAN AND HALL, 193, PICCADILLY.
1868.
KDITOR’S PREFACE.
E following translation of M. Figuier’s ‘Les Insectes” was
; into my hands, chiefly for the purpose of rendering the
anicalities and the names of species, when made necessary
the use of French vernaculars, intelligible to Iinglish readers.
this not always easy task, I have received much kind
stance from Mr. Janson and Mr. F. P. Pascoe, to whom I
r my best thanks. Beyond this, some generic synonyms of
juent use, placed between brackets, some foot-notes en passant,
ew remarks on the occurrence of individual species in this
ntry, and the insertion of the short chapter on the Order
spsiptera, I have interfered but little with the sense of the
rinal.
Mee)!
LEYGATE, NEAR NsHER, SURREY,
April, 1868. SS iS) 3
The Dragon-fly (Libellula depressa). A. Perfect insect. 3B. Perfect insect emerging
from the pupa. c.D. Larvx and pupz.
Frontispiece.
CONTENTS.
) a
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 1
APTERA 29
DIPTERA 36
Nemocera : phen 3t
Brachycera . ; . . 62
HEMIPTERA 90
Heteroptera al
Homoptera , 102
LEPIDOPTERA 141
| The Larva, or Caterpillar 14]
The Chrysalis, or Pupa 149
| The Perfect Insect 169
| ORTHOPTERA 283
: HYMENOPTERA 312
NEUROPTERA 404
STREPSIPTERA 434
COLEOPTERA 436
INDEX
ant Seine
THE INSECT WORLD.
INTRODUCTION.
‘ is not intended here to thoroughly investigate the anatomy
‘Insects ; but, as we are about to speak of the habits and economy
certain created beings, it is necessary first to explain the
meipal parts of their structure, and the stage
fect insect or zmago has under
ite.
8 which every
gone before arriving at that
We therefore proceed to explain, as simply as may be, the
atomy of an insect, and the functions of its organs.
If we take an insect, and turn it over
e first thing that strikes us is that it is divided into three parts :
e head; the thorax, or chest; and the abdomen, or stomach.
The head (Fig. 1) is a kind of box, formed of a single piece,
ving here and there joints more or less strongly marked, some-
Ges scarcely visible. It is furnished in front
th an opening—often very small—which
the mouth; and with others for the eyes,
d for the insertion of the antenne, or horns.
The integuments of the head are generally
rder than the other parts of the body. It
necessary that this should be so. Insects
cen live and die in the midst of substances
uich offer some resistance.
erefore, tl]
, and examine it carefully,
Fig. 1.—Head of an
It is necessary, wii
hat the head be strong enough to over
ice. The head contains the masticatory organs, which, frequently
come such resist-
B
2 THE INSECT WORLD.
having to encounter hard substances, must be strongly supported.
The exception to this rule is among insects which live by suction.
It would be out of place here to mention the numerous modifi-
cations of the head which are presented in the immense series of
the class of insects.
The eyes of insects are of two kinds, called compound eyes, or
eyes composed of many lenses, united by
their margins and forming hexagonal
facettes; and simple eyes, or ocelli, called
also stemmata.
The exterior of the eye is called the
cornea (Fig. 2), each facette being a
Fig. 2.—A Compound
ae cornea; but the facettes unite and form
a common cornea, which is represented by the entire figure: these
facettes vary 10 size even in the same eye.
In order to show the immense number of these facettes possessed
by many insects, we give the following list :—
In the genus Mordella (a genus of beetles) the eye has 25,008 facettes.
In the Lebellula (dragon-fly) - + + + ° 12,544 = ,,
In the genus Papilio (a genus of butterflies) . - - 17,355 5,
In Sphinx convol pult (the convolvulus hawkmoth) . .- 1,300 —,,
In Bombyx mori (the common silkworm moth). - -: 6,236. 55
Tahoe bonsgesfiy 2 Fuss) & Fon wee 4,000 __—,,
Tn the ant Me t+ otis, oo ee ate eee BO Ri ss
Tithe cockehater) oi. 2 a eye eee 8,820 4,
The facettes appear to be most numerous in insects of the genus
Scarabeus (a genus of beetles). They are so minute, that they can
scarcely be detected with a glass.
Looked at in front, a compound eye might be considered an
agelomeration of simple eyes ; but internally its structure is
altogether different.
On the under side of each facette we find a body of a gellatinous
appearance, transparent, and usually conical ; the base of which
occupies the centre of the facette in such a manner as to leave
around it a ring to receive the pigment. This body diminishes
sn thickness towards its other extremity, and terminates in a point
where it joins a nervous filament, proceeding from the optic
nerve. These cones, agreeing in number with the facettes, play
INTRODUCTION.
the part of the crystalline, or lens, in the eyes of animais, They
are straight and parallel with each other. A pigment fills all the
Spaces between the cones, and between the nervous filaments,
and covers the underside of each cornea, except at the centre.
This pigment varies much in colour. There are almost always
two layers, of which the exterior one is the more brilliant. In
fact, these eyes often sparkle with fire, like precious stones.
M. Lacordaire, in his “Introduction a ’Entomologie,” from
which we borrow the greater part of this information, has summed
up as follows, the manner in which, according to Miiller, the
visual organs of insects operate :—
“Each facette with its lens and nervous filament, separated
from those surrounding them by the pigment in which they are
enclosed, form an isolated apparatus, impenetrable to all rays of
light, except those which fall perpendicularly on the centre of
the facette, which alone is devoid of pigment. All rays falling
obliquely are absorbed by that which surrounds the gelatinous
cone. It results partly from this and partly from the immobility
of the eye that the field of vision of each facette is very limited,
and that there are as many objects reflected.on the optic filaments
as there are corner. The extent, then, of the field of vision will be
determined, not by the diameter of these last, but by the diameter
of the entire eye, and will be in proportion to its size and con-
vexity. But whatever may be the size of the eyes, like their fields
of vision, they are independent of each other; there is always a
Space, greater or less, between them; and the insect cannot see
objects in front of this space without turning its head. What a
peculiar sensation must result from the multiplicity of images
on the optic filaments! This is not more easily explained than
that which happens with animals which, having two eyes, see
only one image; and probably the same is the case with insects.
But these eyes usually look in opposite directions, and should see
two images, as in the chameleon, whose eyes move independently
of each other. The clearness and length of vision will depend,
continues M. Miller, on the diameter of the sphere of which
the entire eye forms a.segment, on the number and size of the
facettes, and the length of the cones or lenses. The larger each
facette, taken separately, and the more brilliant the pigment placed
Be
~~
4 THE INSECT WORLD.
between the lenses, the more distinct will be the image of objects at
a distance, and the less distinct that of objects near. With the
latter the luminous rays diverge considerably ; while those from
the former are more parallel. In the first case, in traversing
the pigment, they impinge obliquely on the crystalline, and
consequently confuse the vision ; in the second, they fall more
perpendicularly on each facette.
“Objects do not appear of the same size to each optic filament,
unless the eye is a perfect section of a sphere, and its convexity
concentric with that of the optic nerve. Whenever it is other-
wise, the image corresponds more or less imperfectly with the
size of the object, and is more or less incorrect. Hence it
follows, that elliptical or conical eyes, which one generally finds
among insects, are less perfect than those referred to above.
“The differences which exist in the organisation of the eye
among insects, are explicable to a certain point, on the theory
which we are about to explain in a few words. Those species
which live in the same substances on which they feed, and those
which are parasitical, have small and flattened eyes ; those, on the
contrary, which have to seck their food, and which need to see
objects at a distance, have large or very convex eyes. For the
same reason the males, which have to seek their females, have
larger eyes than the latter. The position of the eyes depends
also on their size and shape; those which are flat, and have
consequently a short field of vision, are placed close together, and
rather in front, than at the sides of the head, and often adjoin-
ing. Spherical and convex eyes, on the contrary, are placed on
the sides, and their axes are opposite. But the greater field of
vision which they are able to take in makes up for this position.”
Almost all insects are provided with a pair of compound eyes,
which are placed on the sides of the head. The size and form of
these organs are very variable, as we shall presently see. They
are generally placed behind the antenne.
We do not find simple eyes (ocelli or stemmata) in all the
orders of insects, although we frequently find them. They are
generally round, and more or less convex, black, and to the
number of three in the majority of cases. In this case they are
most frequently placed in a triangle behind, and at a greater or less
POLES
INTRODUCTION.
distance from the antenne. Under the cornea, which varies in
convexity, is found a transparent, rather hard, and nearly globular
body, which is the true crystalline resting on a sort of lens, which
represents the vitreous body. This vitreous body is enclosed in an
expansion of the optic nerve. Besides these, there is a pigment,
most frequently red-brown, sometimes black, or blood-red. The
organisation of these eyes is analogous to the eyes of fishes, and
their refractive power is very great.
With these insects can only see such objects as are at a short
distance. Of what use then can stemmata be to insects also pro-
vided with compound eyes? It has been remarked that insects
having this arrangement of eyes feed on the pollen of flowers, and
it has been surmised that these stemmata enable them to distin-
guish the parts of the flowers.
The antenne, commonly called horns, are two flexible appen-
dages of very variable form which are Joined to different parts of
the head, and are always two in number. The joints of which
they are made up have each the power of motion, and enable the
insect to move them in any direction.
The antennz consist of three parts,—the basal joint, commonly
distinguished by its form, length, and colour; the club formed by
a gradual or sudden thickening of the terminal joints, of which
the number, form, and size present great variations ; lastly, the
stalk formed by all the joints of the
antenne, except the basal one when
no club exists, and in case of the
existence of a club, of all those be-
tween it and the basal one. Yi
We give as examples the anten- ty
ne of two beetles, one of the genus y
Asida, the other of the genus Zygia iy
(Figs. 3 and 4). ne
Insects for the most part, while ‘.
in repose, place their antenne on \¥
their backs, or along the sides of the Fig. 3.—Antenna of a Fig 4.—Antenna of
head, or even on the thorax. Others *?°i@8 of Asida. ah eR as
are provided with cavities in which the antenne repose either
wholly or in part.
— ———EE
6 THE INSECT WORLD.
During their different movements, insects move their antenns
more or less, sometimes slowly and with regularity, at other times
++ all directions. Some insects impart to their antenne a perpetual
vibration. During flight they are directed in front, perpendicular
to the axis of the body, or repose on the back.
What is the use of the antenne, resembling, as they do, feathers,
saws, clubs, &c.? Everything indicates that these organs play a
very important part sn the life of insects, but their functions are
imperfectly understood. Experience has shown that they only play
a subordinate part as feelers, and have nothing to do with the
senses of taste or smell. There is no other function for them to
fulfil except that of hearing.
On this hypothesis the antennz will be the principal instru-
ments for the transmission of sound waves. The membrane at
their base represents a trace of the tympanum which exists among
the higher animals. This membrane then will be an auditory
nerve.
Situated intermediately between the inferior animals, whose
functions more or less resemble those of plants, and the vertebrates,
whose functions are localised in a very high degree, insects have
received, like these latter, special organs for nutrition. The mouth
is the most exterior of these apparatuses.
The mouth of insects is formed after two general types, which
correspond to two kinds of requirements. It is suited in the one
case to break solid substances, in the
other to imbibe liquids.
At first sight there seems no sim1-
larity between the mouth of a grind-
ing insect and of one living by
suction. But on examination it 18
found that the parts of the mouth
in the one animal are exactly ana-
" logous to the same parts in the other,
Fig.5.—Mouth of a masticating and that they have only undergone
me modifications suiting them to the
different purposes which they have to fulfil.
The mouth of a breaking insect is composed of an upper lip, a
pair of mandibles, a pair of jaws, and a lower lip (Fig. 5).
INTRODUCTION. 7
The lower lip and the jaws carry on the outside certain nervous
filaments which have received the name of palpi.
When speaking of sucking insects, and in general of the various
orders of insects, we shall speak more in detail of the various
parts of the mouth.
The thorax (Fig. 6), the second primary division of the body
of insects, plays almost as important a part as the head. It con-
sists of three segments or rings,
the prothorax, the mesothorax,
and the metathorax, each of
which bears a pair of legs, and
they are in general joined to- 3
gether. The wings are attached Fig! atoms of Acrotinus lonpiidanna
to the two posterior segments. Sa iar
All insects have six legs. There is no exception whatever to
this rule, though some may not be developed.
After the segments to which they are attached the legs are
called anterior, posterior, and intermediate. The legs are com-
posed of four parts: the trochanter, a short joint which unites the
thigh to the body, the thigh or femur, the tibia, answering to the
shank in animals, and the tarsus, or foot, composed of a variable
number of pieces placed end to
end and called the phalanges.
We take for example the
front leg of a AHeterocerus
(Fig. 7), and the posterior leg
of a Zophosis (Fig. 8), genera
of beetles.
We shall not dwell on the
different parts, as they perform
functions which will occupy us
later, when speaking of the
various species of the great
class of insects. Fig. 7.—Hind leg of a Fig. 8.—Front leg
The functions which the e!rocerus. Se
legs of insects have to perform consist in walking, swimming, or
jumping.
In walking, says M. Lacordaire, insects move their legs
8 THE INSECT WORLD.
in different ways. Some move their six legs successively, or only
two or three at a time without distinction, but never both legs of
the same pair together, consequently one step is not the same as
another. The walk of insects is sometimes very irregular, espe-
cially when the legs are long; and they often hop rather than
walk. Others have one kind of step and walk very regularly.
They commence by moving the posterior and anterior legs on the
same side and the intermediate ones on the opposite side. The
first step made, these legs are put down, and the others raised in
their turn to make a second.
Running does not change the order of the movements, it only
makes them quicker—very rapid in some species, and surpassing
in proportion that of all other animals; but in others the pace is
slow. Some insects rather crawl than walk.
In swimming, the posterior legs play the principal part. The
other legs striking the water upwards or downwards, produce an
upward or downward motion. The animal changes its course at
will by using the legs on one side only in the same way as one
turns a rowing boat with one oar without the aid of the rudder.
Swimming differs essentially from walking, for the foot being
surrounded by a resisting medium, the legs on both sides are
moved at the same time.
The act of jumping is principally performed by the hind legs.
Insects which jump have these legs very largely developed, as in
the figure (Fig. 9). When about
to jump they bring the tibia into
contact with the thigh, which is
often furnished with a groove to
receive it, having on each side a
row of spines. The leg then
suddenly straightens like a spring,
and the foot being placed firmly
on the ground, sends the insect
into the air and at the same time
propels forward. The jump is greater in proportion as the leg is
longer.
To speak here in a general manner of the wings of insects
would be too vague. We shall speak of them at length in their
Fig. 9.—Posterior leg of a jumping insect.
INTRODUCTION. 9
proper place, when speaking of the various types of winged
insects.
In the perfect insect (of which we have been speaking in the
preceding pages) the abdomen does not carry either the wings
or the legs. Itis formed of nine segments, which are without
appendages, with the exception of the posterior ones, which often
carry small organs differing much in form and function. These
are saws, probes, forceps, stings, augers, &e. We will speak later
of these different organs in their proper places.
With vertebrate animals, which have an interior skeleton suited
to furnish points of resistance for their various movements, the
skin is a more or less soft covering, uniformly diffused over the
exterior of the body, and intended only to protect them against
external injury. In insects the points of resistance are changed
from the interior to the exterior. The skin changes in nature to
fit it to this purpose. It becomes hard, and presents between
the segments only membraneous intervals, which allow the hard
parts to move in all directions.
We are examining a perfect insect ; we have glanced at its
skeleton and the different appendages which spring from it. The
principal organs which are contained in the body remain to be
examined.
We will first study the digestive apparatus. This apparatus
consists of a lengthened tubular organ, swollen at certain points,
forming more or less numerous circumyolutions, and provided with
two distinct orifices. This alimentary canal is always situated in
the median line of the body, the nervous ganglia.*
In its most complicated form the alimentary canal is composed
of an wsophagus, or gullet, of a crop, of a gizzard, of a chylific
ventricle, a small intestine, a large intestine, divers appendages,
salivary, biliary, and urinary glands. The cesophagus is a duct
often not thicker than a hair, in many species enlarged into a
pouch, which is called the crop because it occupies the same
position, and performs analogous functions with that organ in
birds. It is enough to say that the food remains there some time
before passing on to the other parts of the intestinal canal, and
undergoes a certain amount of preparation. It is in the gizzard,
* Ganglion, a collection of nerves.—Ep.
10 THE INSECT WORLD.
when one exists, that the food, separated by the masticatory
organs of the mouth, undergoes another and more complete
grinding. Its structure is suited to its office. It is, in fact, very
muscular, often half cartilaginous, and strongly contractile. Its
interior walls are provided with a grinding apparatus, which
varies according to the species, and consists of teeth, plates, spines,
and notches, which convert the food into pulp. It only exists
among insects which live on solid matters, hard vegetables, small
animals, tough skin, &c. This apparatus is absent in sucking
insects and those which live on
soft substances, such as the pollen
of flowers, &c.
The chylific ventricle is never
absent; it is the organ which
performs the principal part in
the act of digestion.
Two kinds of appendages be-
long to the chylific ventricle,
but only in certain families. The
first are papille, in the form of
the fingers of a glove, which
bristle over the exterior of this
organ, and in which it is believed
that the food begins to be con-
verted into chyle. The second
are ceca, and larger and less
numerous.
They have been considered ‘as
secretory organs, answering to
the pancreas in vertebrate ani-
| mals.
Fig. 10.—Digestive apparatus of Carabus auratus. Fi g. 10, whi ch repres ents th e
digestive apparatus of Carabus auratus, a common beetle, presents to
the eyes of the reader the different organs of which we are speaking.
A is the mouth of the insect, B the cesophagus, c the crop, D the
gizzard, E the chylific ventricle, r and G the small and large
intestines, and H the anus.
We will not mention the other parts of the alimentary canal in
INTRODUCTION.
11
insects. We will only speak of some of the appendages of this
apparatus.
The salivary glands pour into the digestive tube a liquid, gene-
rally colourless, which, from the place where it is secreted, and its
alkaline nature, corresponds to the saliva in vertebrate animals. It
is this hquid which comes in the form of drops from the tongue of
sucking insects.
These vessels are always two in number. Their form is as
variable as complicated. The most simple is that of a closed
flexible tube, generally rolled into a ball,
and opening on the sides of the cso-
phagus.
At the posterior extremity of the
chylific ventricle are inserted a vari-
able number of capillary tubes, usually
elongated and flexible, and terminating
in culs-de-sac. Their colour, which de-
pends on the liquid which they contain,
is sometimes white, but more frequently
brown, blackish, or green. They appear
to be composed of a very slight and deli-
cate membrane, as they are very easily
torn, and nothing is more difficult than
to unroll and ‘to disengage them from
the fatty or other tissues by which they
are enveloped.
The function of these vessels is un-
certain. Cuvier and Léon Dufour sup-
posed them to be analogous to the liver,
and on that account they have been called
biliary vessels ; but as this opinion is not
generally held, it has been agreed to call
them the Malpighian vessels, after the
name of their discoverer.
According to M. Lacordaire, their func-
tions vary with their position. When
~
Fig. 11.—Posterior extremity of the
chylific ventricle, surrounded by the
Malpighian vessels.
they enter the chylific ventricle, they furnish only bile; bile and
a urinary liquid when they enter the posterior part of the ventricle
12 THE INSECT WORLD.
aad
and the intestine, and urine alone when they are placed near the
posterior extremity of the alimentary canal.
Fig. 11 represents part of the preceding figure more highly
magnified, showing the manner in which these tubes enter the
chylific ventricle.
In our rapid description of the digestive apparatus of insects, it
only remains for us to mention certain purifying organs which
secrete those fluids, generally
blackish, caustic, or of peculiar
smell, which some insects emit
when they are irritated, and which
cause a smarting when they get
into one’s eyes.
Less widely diffused than the
salivary organs, they are often of
a very complicated structure. In
Fig. 12 is represented the secre-
tory apparatus of the Carabus
auratus, which will serve for an
example : a represents the secre-
tory sacs aggregated together like
a bunch of grapes, B the canal, c
the pouch which receives the secre-
tion, p the excretory duct.
Tiito Cites tctene aeparaci or Oarabrs Sometimes the secretion is
OR iy a liquid, and has a foetid or ammo-
niacal odour; sometimes, as in the Bombadier beetle (Brachinus
crepitans), it is gaseous, and is emitted with an explosion in the
form of a whitish vapour, having a strong pungent odour ana-
logous to that of azotic or nitric acid, and the same properties.
It reddens litmus paper, and burns and reddens the skin, which
after a time becomes brown, and continues so for a considerable
time.
About the middle of the seventeenth century Malpighi at
Bologna, and Swamerdam at Utrecht, each discovered in different
insects a pulsatory organ occupying the median line of the back,
which appeared to them to be a heart. Nevertheless, Cuvier,
haying declared some time afterwards that there was no circula-
INTRODUCTION. 13
tion, properly so-called, among insects, his opinion was universally
adopted.
But in 1827 a German naturalist named Carus discovered that
there were real currents of blood circulating throughout the body,
and returning to their point of departure. The observations of
Carus were repeated and confirmed by many other naturalists, and
we are thus enabled to form a sufficiently exact idea of the manner
in which the blood circulates.
The following summary of the phenomena of circulation among
insects is borrowed from ‘ Lecons sur la Physiologie et l’Ana-
tomie comparée”’ by M. Milne Edwards :—
The tube which passes under the skin of the back of the head, and
front part of the body, above the alimentary canal, has been known
for a long time as the dorsal vessel. It is composed of two very
distinct portions : the anterior, which is tubular and not contractile,
and the posterior, which is larger, of more complicated structure,
and which contracts and dilates at regular intervals.
This latter part constitutes, then, more particularly the heart of
the insect. Generally it occupies the whole length of the abdomen,
and is fixed to the vault of the tegumentary skeleton by membra-
neous expansions in such a manner as to leave a free space around
it, but shut above and below so as to form a reservoir into which the
blood pours before penetrating to the heart. This reservoir is often
called the auricle, for it seems to act as an instrument of impulsion,
and to drive the blood into the ventricle or heart, properly so
called. a
The heart is fusiform, and is divided by numerous strictures into
chambers. ‘These chambers have exits placed in pairs, and mem-
braneous folds which divide the cavity in the manner of a portcullis.
The lips of the orifices, instead of terminating in a clean edge,
penetrate into the interior of the heart in the form of the mouth-
piece of a flute. The double membraneous folds thus formed on
each side of the dorsal vessel are in the shape of a half moon,
and separate from each other when this organ dilates; but the
contrary movement taking place, the passage 1s closed.
By the aid of this valvular apparatus, the blood can penetrate
the heart from the pericardic chamber, the empty space surrounding
the heart, but cannot flow back from the heart into that reservoir.
14 THE INSECT WORLD.
The anterior or aortic portion of the dorsal vessel shows neither
fan-shaped lateral expansions, nor orifices, and consists of a single
membraneous tube. On reaching the interior of the head it opens
in the lacunary inter-organic system. The whole of the blood set
in motion by the contractions of the cardial portion of the dorsal
vessel runs into the cavity of the head, and circulates after-
wards in irregular channels formed by the empty spaces left
between the different organs. It is the unoccupied portions of the
great visceral cavity which serve as conductors to the blood, and
through them run the main currents that one sees in the lateral
and lower parts of the body, whence these currents regain the
back part of the abdomen, and enter the heart after having
traversed externally the different organs they encountered. These
principal channels are in continuity with other gaps provided
between the muscles, or between the bundles of fibres of which
these muscles are composed, or else in the interior of the intes-
tines.
The principal currents send into the network thus formed minor
branches, which, having ramified in their turn among the princi-
pal parts of the organism, re-enter some main current to regain
the dorsal vessel.
In the transparent parts of the body the blood may be seen
circulating in this way in a number of inter-organic channels,
more or less obvious, penetrating the limbs, overspreading the
wings, when these appendages are not horny, and, in short,
diffusing itself everywhere. “If, by means of coloured injec-
tions,” says M. Milne Edwards, ‘one studies the connections
which exist between the cavities in which sanguineous currents
have been found to exist, and the rest of the economy, it is
easy to see that the irrigatory system thus formed penetrates to
the full depth of every organ, and should cause the rapid renewal
of the nourishing fluid in all the parts where the process of vitality
renders the passage of this fluid necessary.”
We shall see presently, in speaking of respiration, that the
relations between the nourishing fluid and the atmospheric air are
more direct and regular than was for a long time supposed.
In short, insects possess an active circulation, although we find
neither arteries nor veins; and although the blood put in motion
INTRODUCTION. 15
by the contractions of the heart, and carried to the head by the
aortic portion of the dorsal vessel, can only distribute itself in the
different parts of the system to return to the heart, by the gaps
left between the different organs, or the membranes and fibres
of which these organs are composed.
Fig. 13 (page 17), which shows both the circulating and
breathing systems of an insect, enables us to recognise the
different organs which we have described, as helping to keep up
both respiration and circulation.
The knowledge of the respiration of the insect is a scientific
acquisition which is quite modern. Malpighi was the first to
prove, in 1669, that these animals are provided with organs
of respiration, and that air is as indispensable to insects as it is to
other living beings. But the opinion of this celebrated naturalist
has been contradicted, and his views have been contested, even in
the present day. Now, however, one can easily recognise the
apparatus by the aid of which the respiration of the insect is
effected.
In all these animals the respiratory apparatus is essentially
composed of membraneous ducts of great tenuity, of which the
ramifications in incalculable numbers spread everywhere, and
bury themselves in the different organs, much in the same way as
the fibrous roots of plants bury themselves in the soil. These
vessels are called trachew. Their communications with the air
are externally established in different ways, according to the cha-
racter of the medium in which the insect lives.
It is well known that the greater part of all insects live in the
air. ‘This air penetrates into the trachez by a number of orifices
placed at the sides of the body, which are termed spiracles. On
close examination these may be seen, and are in the shape of
button-holes in a number of different species. Let us dwell for a
moment on the breathing apparatus of the insect, that is to say,
the trachez.
This apparatus is sometimes composed of elastic tubes only,
sometimes of a collection of tubes and membraneous pouches.
We will first speak of the former.
The coats of these-breathing tubes are very elastic, and always
preserve a cylindrical form, even when not distended. This state of
THE INSECT WORLD.
16
things is maintained by the existence, throughout the whole length
of the trachea, of a thread of half horny consistency, rolled up in
a spiral, and covered externally by a very delicate membraneous
sheath. The external membrane is thin, smooth, and generally
colourless, or of a pearly white. The cartilaginous spiral is some-
times cylindrical, sometimes flat, and also resembles mother-of-
pearl. It only adheres slightly to the external membrane, but 1s,
on the other hand, closely united to the internal one. This spiral
thread is only continuous in the same trunk; it breaks off when
it branches, and each branch then possesses its own thread, in such
a way that it is not joined to the thread of the trunk from which it
issued, except by continuity, just as the branch of a tree is attached
to the stem which supports it. This thread is prolonged, without
interruption, to the extreme points of the finest ramifications.
The number of trachez in the body of an insect is very great.
That patient anatomist, Lyonnet, has proved to us, in his great
work on the goat-moth caterpillar, Cossus ligniperda, that the
insect has much affinity as regards its muscles with animals of a
superior class. Lyonnet, who congratulated himself on having
finished his long labours without having had to destroy more than
eight or nine of the species he wished to describe, had the patience
to count the different air-tubes in that caterpillar. He found that
there were 256 longitudinal and 1,336 transverse branches; in
short, that the body of this creature is traversed in all directions
by 1,572 aeriferous tubes which are visible to the eye by the aid of
a magnifying glass, without taking into account those which may
be imperceptible.
The complicated system of the breathing apparatus which we are
describing is sometimes composed of an assemblage of tubes and
membraneous pouches, besides the elastic tubes which we have
already mentioned. These pouches vary in size, and are very
elastic, expanding when the air enters, and contracting when it
leaves them, as they are altogether without the species of frame-
work formed by the spiral thread of the tubular trachex, of which «
they are only enlargements. These, which are called vesicular
trachee, more especially belong to those species whose flight is
frequent and sustained, such as the grasshopper, the humble-bee,
the bee, the fly, the butterfly, &c.
INTRODUCTION, , 17
It will be necessary to look at Fig. 13 in order to see the oreans
d ro) DoD
of respiration of which we are speaking.
The respiratory mechanism of an insect is easily understood.
Fig. 13.—A, abdominal portion of the dorsal vessel. B, aortic or thoraic portion.
¥ head ; D, of the abdomen,
“The abdominal cavity,” says Mr. Milne Edwards, “in which is
placed the greater part of the respiratory apparatus, is susceptible
C
C, air-vessels of the
18 THE INSECT WORLD.
ted and dilated alternately by the play of the
s of which the skeleton is composed, and which
a manner that they can be drawn into each
other to a greater or less extent. When the insect contracts its
essed and the air driven out. But
body the tracheze are compr
when, on the other hand, the visceral cavity which contains the
trachese assumes its normal size or dilates, these channels become
larger, and the air with which they are filled being rarefied by
in equilibrium with the outer air with
hrough the medium of the spiracles.
he interior of the respira-
of being contrac
different segment
are placed in such
this expansion, is no longer
which it is in communication t
The exterior air is then impelled into t
tory tubes, and the inspiration is effected.”
The respiratory movements can be accelerated or diminished,
according to the wants of the animal; in general, there are
from thirty to fifty to the minute. In a state of repose the
spiracles are open, and all the trachese are free to receive air
whenever the visceral cavity is dilated, but those orifices may .
be closed, and the insect thus possesses the faculty of stopping
all communication between the respiratory apparatus and the sur-
rounding atmosphere.
Some insects live in the water; they are therefore obliged
to come to the surface to take the air they are in need of, or else to
possess themselves of the small amount contained in the water.
Both these methods of respiration exist under different forms in
aquatic insects.
To inhale atmospheric air, which 1s necessary for respiration,
above the water, certain insects employ their elytra* as a sort of re-
servoir ; others make use of their antenne, the hairs of which retain
the globules of air. In this case it is brought under the thorax,
whence a groove carries it to the spiracles. Sometimes the same
result is obtained by amore complicated arrangement, consisting of
respiratory tubes which can be thrust into the air, which it is their
function to introduce into the organisation.
Insects which breathe in the water without rising to the sur-
face are provided with gills; organs which, though variable in
form, generally consist of foliaceous or fringed expansions, in the
midst of which the trachez ramify in considerable numbers. These
* The horny upper wings with which some insects are provided are called elytra.
—~Eip.
INTRODUCTION. 19
vessels are filled with air, but it does not disseminate itself in them
directly, and it is only through the walls of these tubes that the
contained gas is exchanged for the air held in suspension by the
surrounding water. The oxygen contained in the water passes
through certain very permeable membranes of the gill and pene-
trates the trachee, which discharge, in exchange, carbonic acid,
which is the gaseous product of respiration.
Fig. 14 represents the gills or breathing apparatus in an aquatic
insect. We take as an example the
Eiphemera.* Jt may be observed that
the gills or foliaceous laminz are placed
at the circumference of the body, and
at its smallest parts. —
We have now seen that the respi-
ratory apparatus is considerably de-
veloped in insects; itis, therefore, easy
to foresee that those functions are most.
actively employed by them. In fact,
if one compares the oxygen they im-
bibe with the heavy organic matter
of which their body is composed, the
amount 1s enormous.
Before finishing this rapid examina-
tion of the body of an insect, we shall
have to say a few words on the
nervous system.
This system is chiefly composed of a
double series of ganglions, or collections
of nerves, which are united together by
longitudinal cords. The number of
these ganglions corresponds with that
of the segments. Sometimes they are
at equal distances, and extend inachain
from one end of the body to the other; rig. 14.—Branchie or gills of an aquatic
at others they are many of them close We PS aaah
together, so as to form a single mass.
The cephalic ganglions are two'in number; they have been
A, foliaceous laminee or gills.
* May-fly family.—Eb.,
C2
20 THE INSECT WORLD.
described by anatomists under the name of brain. “ This ex-
pression,” says M. Lacordaire, “ would be apt to mislead the
reader, as it would induce him to suppose the existence of a concen-
tration of faculties to assemble the feelings and excite the move-
ments, which is not the case. The same naturalist observes,
‘All the ganglions of the ventral chain are endowed with nearly
the same properties, and represent each other uniformly.”
The ganglion situated above the csophagus gives rise to
the optic nerves, which are the most considerable of all those of
the body, and to the nerves of the antenne. The ganglion
beneath the csophagus provides the nerves of the mandibles, of
the jaws, and of the lower lip. The three pairs of ganglions
which follow those placed immediately below the cesophagus,
belong to the three segments of the thorax, and give rise to
the nerves of the feet and wings. They are in general more
voluminous than the following pairs, which occupy the abdomen.
Fig. 15 represents the nervous system of the Carabus auratus ;
Ais the cephalic ganglion; B, the sub-cesophagian ganglion; c,
the prothoracic ganglion; p and E are the ganglions of the meso-
thorax and metathorax. The remainder, F F, are the abdominal
ganglions.
99 &
Before finishing these preliminary observations, it 18 necessary
to say that the preceding remarks only apply absolutely to
insects arrived at the perfect state. It is important to make
this remark, as insects, before arriving at that state, pass through
various other stages. These stages are often so different from
each other, that it would be difficult to imagine that they are
only modifications of the same animal; one would suppose that
they were as many different kinds of animals, if there was not
abundant proof of the contrary.
The successive stages through which an insect passes are four
in number: the egg ; the larva; the pupa, nymph or chrysalis ; and
the perfect insect or imago.
The egg state, which is common to them, as to all other articu-
late animals, it is unnecessary to explain. Nearly all insects lay
eggs, though some few are viviparous. ‘There often exists in the
extremity of the abdomen of the female a peculiar organ, called
* Introduction 4 l’Entomologie, tome ii. p. 192. In 8vo. Paris. 1838.
INTRODUCTION. 21
tod
| the ovipositor, which is destined to make holes for the reception of
| the eggs. By a wonderful instinct the mother always lays her egos
/ ina place where her young, on being hatched, can find an abundance
of nutritious substances. It will not be needless to observe that in
most cases these aliments are quite different to those which the
mother seeks for herself.
In the second stage, that is to say, on leaving the egg—the
x Os | , f
ee Ve a?
' Vly s Y 4) \/ ‘
! \
7
Fic. 43.—Eegs of the Gad-fly (estrus (gustrus) equt) deposited on the hairs of a horse.
So £E g q /
} to M. Joly, about twenty days after they are deposited. In fact
it is not in the egg state, but really in that of the larva, that
the horse, as we shall explain, takes into his stomach these
parasitical guests to which nature has allotted so singular an abode.
When licking itself, the horse carries them into its mouth, and
afterwards swallows them with its food, by which means they :
enter the stomach. It isa remarkable fact that itissometimes other |
| insects, as the-7. abani for instance, that by their repeated stinging |
cause the horse to lick himself, and to thus receive his most cruel
| enemy. In the perilous journey they have to perform from the
| skin of the horse to his stomach, many of the larve of the @strus,
as may be supposed, are destroyed, ground by the teeth of the
animal or crushed by the alimentary substances. There is hardly
| one Céstrus in fifty that arrives safely in the stomach of the horse,
, and yet if one were to open a horse attacked by @stri, the stomach
would be nearly always found to be literally full of these larvee.
DIPTERA. 61
Fig. 44, taken from a drawing which accompanies M. Joly’s
memoirs, represents the state of a horse’s stomach attacked by
the Gad-fly.
The larve are of a reddish yellow, and each of their seements
is armed at the posterior edge with a double row of triangular
spines, large and small alternately, yellow at the base, and black
at the point, which. is always turned backwards. The head is
furnished with two hooks, which serve to fasten the larva
to the interior coats
of the stomach. The
spines with which the
whole surface of the
body is furnished con-
tribute to fix it more
solidly, preventing the
creatures, by the man-
ner in which they are
placed, from being
carried away by the
food which has gone
through the first. pro- .
5 , Fig. 44.—Portion of the stomach of a Horse, and larve of
cess of digestion. Estrus (gastrus) equi.
It is probable that this larva, so singularly deposited, is
nourished by the mucus secreted by the mucous membrane of
the stomach, and that it breathes the air which the horse swallows
with its food during the process of deglutition.
It must be acknowledged, however, that it is in the midst of a
gaseous atmosphere which is very unhealthy, for nearly all the
gases generated in the stomach of the horse are fatal to man and
to the generality of animals, as they consist of azotic, carbonic,
sulphuretted hydrogen, and hydro-carbonic acids. To explain
how the insect can live under such circumstances, M. Joly has
suggested the following ingenious hypothesis :—
“When the stomach which the larva inhabits,” says this
learned naturalist, “contains only oxygen or air that is nearly
pure, the insect opens the two lips of the cavity which contains
the spiracles, and breathes at its ease. When the digestion of the
alimentary substance generates gas which is unfit for respiration,
62 THE INSECT WORLD.
or when the spiracles run the risk of being obstructed by the
solid or liquid substances contained in the stomach, it shuts the
lips, and continues to live on the air contained in its numerous
trachez.
“Whatever may be the value of this explanation,” adds M.
Joly, “it is nevertheless very curious to see an insect pass the
ereater part of its life in an atmosphere which would be instantly
fatal to most animals, and in an organ where, under the govern-
ment of life, chemical processes bring about the most wonderful
changes of the food into-the substance of the animal itself. But
how can the insect itself resist the action of these mysterious
powers, and remain alone intact in the midst of all these matters
which are unceasingly changing and decomposing? ‘This is
another question which it is difficult, or rather impossible, to
explain in the present state of science, another enigma which
humbles our pride, and of which He who has created both man
and the worm alone knows the secret.”
Arrived at a state of complete development, the larva of the
(Estrus imprisoned in the stomach of the horse leaves the mem-
brane to which it has been fixed, then directing the anterior part of
its body towards the pyloric opening of the stomach, allows itself
to be carried away with the excrementitious matter. It traverses,
mixed with the excrementary bolus, the whole length of the
‘ntestine channel, leaves it by the anal orifice, and on touching
the ground at once seeks a suitable place to go through the last
but one of its metamorphoses.
The skin then gets thick, hardens, and becomes black inside.
All the organs of the animal are composed of a whitish amorphous
which soon assumes its destined form, and the insect becomes
pulp,
It then lifts a lid at the anterior part of its cocoon,
perfect.
emerges, dries its wings, and flies off.
The Bot-fly (Gistrus bovis, Vig. 45) has a very hairy body,
large head, the face and forehead covered with light yellow hair,
the eyes brown, and the antenne black. The thorax is yellow,
barred with black; the abdomen of a greyish white at the base,
covered with black hair on the third segment, and the remainder .
of an orange yellow ; the wings are smoky brown. |
As soon as the cattle are attacked, they may be seen, their
dis
Lhith £ Ls
i i
Mi
mM
SARGENT
DIPTERA. 63
heads and necks extended, their tails trembling, and held in
a line with the body, to rush to the nearest river or pond, while
such as are not attacked disperse. It is asserted that the buzzing
alone of the Cstrus terrifies a bullock to such an extent as to
Fig. 45.—Bot-tly (istrus bovis).
render it unmanageable. As for the insect, it simply obeys its
maternal instinct, which commands it to deposit its eggs under the
skin of our large ruminants.
Let us now explain how the eggs of the Cstrus deposited in
the skin of the bullock accommodate themselves to this strange
abode. The mother insect makes a certain number of little
wounds in the skin of the beast, each of which receives an egg,
which the heat of the animal serves to bring forth. It is a
natural parallel to the artificial way which the ancient Egyptians
invented of hatching the eggs of domestic fowls, and which has
been imitated badly enough in our day.
Directly the larva of the Bot-fly is out of the egg and lodged
between the skin and the flesh of its host, the bullock, it finds
itself in a place perfectly suitable to its existence. In this happy
condition the larva increases in growth, and eventually becomes a
fly in its turn. Those parts of the animal’s body in which the
larvee are lodged are easily to be recognised, as above each larva
—
64 THE INSECT WORLD. |
may be seen an elevation, a sort of tumour, a bump, as Réaumu
calls it, comparing it more or less justly to the bump cause
on a man’s head by a severe blow.
Tig.46, taken from a drawing in Réaumur’s memoirs, represent,
the bumps of which we speak.
The country people are well aware of the nature and cause o
these bumps. They know that each one contains a worm, thai
SERN
SSSA
SS
SS
SS Ny
AQ
S&S
SS y
\ NY
SQN :
2S NS
SSSSSSSTSEs S
SSR ASRS
SAS We
\ Ww ANN
~ SRV Ni
Fig. 46.—Bumps produced on cattle by the larvee of the Bot-tly.
this worm comes from a fly, and that later it will be transformed.
into a fly itself. Each of these bumps has in its interior a cavity, |
occupied by the larva, which, as well as the bump, increases in |
size as the larva becomes developed.
It is generally on young cows or young bullocks—in fact, on
cattle of from two to three years of age—that these tumours exist, |
and they are rarely to be seen on old animals. The fly, which by |
piercing the skin occasions these tumours, alw
whose skin offers little resistance.
a small opening by w
ays chooses those
Each tumour is provided with
hich the larva breathes,
DIPTERA. 65
|
| In order to examine the interior cavity, Réaumur opened some
if these tumors, either with a razor or a pair of scissors. He
‘ound it in a most disgusting state. The larva is lodged in a
legular festering wound, matter occupying the bottom of the
ayity, and the aed of the worm is continually, or almost con-
inually, plunged in this liquid. “It is most likely very well off
here,” says Réaumur, and he adds that this matter appears to be
he sole food of the larva.
| “The position of a horned beast,” observes the great naturalist,
' which has thirty or forty of these bumps on its back, would bea
ery cruel one, and a terrible state of suffering if his flesh were
ontinually mangled by thirty or forty large worms. But it is
robable they cause no suffering, or at least very little, to the
wge animal.” “ Besides,” continues Réaumur, “those cattle whose
odies are the most covered with bumps, not only show no signs
f pain, but Be does not appear that they are prejudicial to them
jL any way.”
Réaumur fried to discover how the larva, when arrived at its
ul growth, succeeds in leaving its abode, as the opening is
lier than its own body.
“Nature,” says Réaumur, “has taught this worm the surest,
ne gentlest, and the most simple of methods, the one to which
irgeons often have recourse to hold wounds open, or to enlarge
nem. They press ¢ents into a wound they wish to enlar ge.
'wo or three days before the worm wishes to come out, it com-
ences to make use of its posterior part as a tent, to increase
ie size of the exit from its habitation. It thrusts it into the
dle and draws it out again many times in the course of two or
wee days, and the oftener this is repeated, the longer it is able to
jtain its posterior end in the opening, as the hole Bees larger.
in the day preceding that on which the worm is to come out,
€ posterior part is to be found almost continually in the hole.
t last, it comes out backwards and falls to the ground, when it
ts under a stone, or buries itself in the turf; remaining quiet
id preparing for its last transformation. Its skin FERRER
e rings disappear, and it becomes black. Thenceforth the
sect is detached from the outer skin, which forms a cocoon or
x. At the front and upper part of the cocoon is a triangular
-
66 THE INSECT WORLD.
piece, which the tly gets rid of when it is in a fit state to come
into the open air.’
Fig. 47, taken from drawings in Réaumutr’s
memoirs, represents the imago of the Gistrus leay-
ing the cocoon.
The reader is, most likely, desirous to know)
with the aid of what instrument the Cistrus ig
able to pierce the thick skin of the ox.
The female only is possessed of this instr
ment, which is situated in the posterior ex:|
tremity of the body. It is of a shiny blackiall
brown colour, and as it were covered with scala
: By pressing the abdomen of the fly between!
Fic. 47.—Imago of One's two fingers it is thrust out. Reaumur
Bot-fly emerging. — observed that it was formed of four tubes, which
could be drawn the one into the other, like the tubes of a telescope
(Fig. 48). The last of these appears to terminate in five small
scaly knobs, which are not placed on the same line,
y. but are the ends of five different parts. Three a
| these knobs are furnished with points, which form an
instrument well fitted to operate upon a hard thick
skin. United together, they form a cavity simiai
EG to that of an auger, and terminating in the tommy
“=a of a spoon.
The gad-fly or breeze-fly of the sheep ( Cophaicall
(Ciustrus) ovis) has obtained notoriety on account of itt
attacking those animals.
nto Even at the sight of this insect the sheep feels the
positor i the greatest terror. As soon as one of them appears; the
(Gisirus bovis) flock becomes disturbed, the sheep that is attacked
shakes its head when it feels the fly on its nostril, and at the
same time strikes the ground violently with its fore-feet ; it ther
commences to run here and there, holding its nose near the ground,
smelling the grass, and looking about anxiously to see if it is still
pursued. :
It is to avoid the attacks of the Cephalemia that during the
hot days of summer sheep lie down with their nostrils buried
dusty ruts, or stand up with their heads lowered between thei
ZA
= Ee Ea |e
) Zz LZ
———— SS
od =
—————-}
A
SS}
SS
SSS
| = ———
= SF
= ———
\
pay
He
HN
{
\
i
A
Za
Page 66.
t! ot
mit
oy
Bis
alg
:
nit
fa we
bane
ib
{fit ita)
1
ayy
‘Risngt
i
Sheep attacked by Cephalemia ovis.
DIPTERA. 67
fore-legs, and their noses nearly in contact with the ground.
When these poor beasts are in the open country, they are observed
assembled with their nostrils against each other and very near
the ground, so that those which occupy the outside are alone
exposed. The Cephalemia ovis (Fig. 49) has a less hairy head,
Fig, 49.—Cephalemia ovis.
but larger in proportion to the size of its body, than the Gad-fiy
(Gstrus equi). Its face is reddish, its forehead brown with pur-
ple bars, its eyes of a dark and changing green, its antenne black,
its thorax sometimes grey, sometimes brown, bristling with small
black tubercles, the abdomen white, spotted with brown or black,
and the wings hyaline.
The Cephalemia (Cistrus) ovis is to be found in Europe, Arabia,
Persia, and in the East Indies. It lays its eggs on the edges of
the animal’s nostrils, and the larva lives in the frontal and maxil-
lary sinuses. It is a whitish worm, having a black transverse
band on each of its segments. Its head is armed with two horny
black hooks, parallel, and capable of being moved up and down
and laterally. Underneath, each segment of the body has several
rows of tubercles of nearly spherical form, surmounted by small
bristles having reddish points, and all of them bent backwards.
“These points,’ says M. Joly, ‘probably serve to facilitate the
F 2
68 THE INSECT WORLD.
progress of the animal on the smooth and slippery surfaces of
the mucous membranes to which it fixes itself to feed, and
perhaps also to increase the secretion of these membranes by
the irritation occasioned by the bristles with which they are fur-
nished.”’ * :
Fixed by means of these hooks to the mucous membrane
which it perforates, the larva nourishes itself with mucus, and
lives in this state, according to M. Joly, during nearly a whole
year. At the end of this time it comes out, following the same
course by which it entered, falls to the ground, and burying
itself to the depth of a few inches, is transformed into a pupa.
The cocoon is of a fine black colour. Thirty or forty days after
its burial it emerges in the perfect state, and detaching the lid at
the anterior end of the cocoon by the aid of its head, which has
increased considerably in size, takes flight.
Notwithstanding the formidable appearance of their trunks, the
habits of the perfeet Conopes (Fig.
50) are very quiet. In the adult
state, they are only to be seen on
flowers, of which they suck the
honéyed juice. But with their
larvee the case is otherwise. These
latter live as parasites on the
drones. Latreille saw the Conops
rufipes issue in the perfect state
from the body of a drone, through
the intervals of the segments of the abdomen.
The Muscides form that great tribe of Diptera commonly known
as flies, and which are distributed in such abundance over the —
whole world. Faithful companions of plants, the flies follow them
to the utmost limits of vegetation. At the same time they are
called upon by nature to hasten the dissolution of the dead bodies.
In the carcasses of animals they place their eggs, and the larve |
prey upon the corrupt flesh, thus quickly ridding the earth of
these fatal causes of infection to its inhabitants. The organs of
Fig. 50.—Conops.
* “Recherches sur les (strides en général, et particuliérement sur les CAstres qui
attaquent l’homme, le cheval, le boeuf, et le mouton.” Par N, Joly, Professeur a la
Faculté des Sciences de Toulouse. Lyons, 1846. P. 63.
DIPTERA. 69
these insects are also infinitely modified in order to adapt them to
their various functions.
M. Macquart divides the Muscides into three sections: the
Creophili, the Anthomyzides, and the Acalyptera.
The Creophili have the strongest organisation ; their movements
and their flight are rapid. The greater part feed on the juices
of flowers, some on the blood
or the humours of animals.
Some deposit their eggs on
different kinds of insects,
others on bodies in a state of
decomposition, some again are
viviparous. The insects of the
genus Lichinomyia, for instance
(Fig. 51), derive their nourish-
ment from flowers. They de-
posit their eggs on caterpillars,
and the young larvee on hatch-
ing penetrate their bodies and
feed on their viscera. How.
surprised, sometimes, is the
naturalist, who, after carefully
preserving a chrysalis, and
awaiting day by day the
appearance of the beautiful
butterfly of which it is the
coarse and mysterious enve-
lope, sees a cloud of flies Phiten ts fou
emerge in place of it!
But there is another singular manceuvre performed by some of
the species of the Diptera, with which we are at present occupied,
to prepare an abundant supply of provision for their larve as soon
as they are hatched. The following are the means they employ.
It is well known that certain digging insects, such as bees,
weevils, flies, &c., carry their prey, other insects which they
have caught, and which they intend should serve as food
for their own larva, into their subterranean abodes. These Diptera
‘Spying a favourable moment, slip furtively into their retreats, and
S
——=— =
ai
yey
halt
tT
=
=
\
ape
ay fit}
abel
#
wal ti
a weet
aw ig
ib
ifaw
ba |
rare
’
70 THE INSECT WORLD.
deposit their eggs on the very food which was intended for others.
Their larvae, which are soon hatched, make great havoc among
the provisions gathered together in the cave, and cause the legiti-
mate proprietors to die of starvation.
“This instinct,” says M. Macquart, “1s accompanied by the
greatest agility, obstinacy, and audacity, which are necessary to
carry on this brigandage ; and on the other hand, the Hymentop-
tera, seized with fear, or stupefied, offer no resistance to their
enemies, and although they carry on a continual war against dif-
ferent insects, and particularly against different Muscides, they
never seize those of whom they have so much to complain, and
which, nevertheless, have no arms to oppose them with.”
The Sarcophaga are a very common family of Diptera, and are
chiefly to be found on flowers, from which they steal the juice.
The females do not lay eggs, but are viviparous.
Réaumur, with his usual care, observed this remarkable instance
of viviparism proved in a fly, which seeks those parts of our houses
where meat is kept to deposit its larve. This fly is grey, its
legs are black, and its eyes red.
When one of them is taken and held between the fingers, there
may often be seen a small, oblong, whitish, cylindrical worm
come out of the posterior part of the body, and shake itself in order
to disengage itself thoroughly. It has no sooner freed itself than
the head of another begins to show. Thirty or forty sometimes
come out in this manner, and, on pressing the abdomen of the fly
slightly, more than eighty of these larvee may sometimes be made to
come out in a short space of time. If a piece of meat be put near
these worms, they quickly get into it, and eat greedily. They
grow rapidly, attaining their full size in a few days, and make a
cocoon of their skin, from which in a certain time the imago
issues. If the body of one of these ovoviviparous flies (for the
eggs hatch within the parent) be opened, a sort of thick ribbon of
spiral form is soon seen. This ribbon appears at first sight to be
nothing but an assemblage of worms, placed alongside of and
parallel to one another.
Each worm has a thin white membraneous envelope, similar to
those light spiders’ webs which flutter about in autumn, and
which the French call fils de la vierge.
NN ——————eee—————eeeeeeEeeeeEeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeEeEEeEeEeEeEeEeeEeEeeeEeEeEeEeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEEeEeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeEe_—eeeeeleeee
DIPTERA. 71
The fecundity of this fly is very great, for in the length of a
quarter of an inch, the envelope in which these small worms are
enclosed contains 2,000 of them. Therefore this ribbon, being two
inches and a half long, contains about 20,000 worms.
The genus Stomoxys, though nearly related to the house-fly,
differs from it very much in habits. They live on the blood of
animals. The Stomoxys calcitrans is very common in these cli-
mates. Its palpi are tawny yellow, antennz black, thorax striped
with black, abdomen spotted with brown, and its trunk hard, thin,
and long. It deposits its eggs on the carcasses of large animals.
The Golden Fly, Lucilia Cesar, lays its eggs on cut-up meat, or
on dead animals. Itis only three or four lines in length, of a golden
green, with the palpi ferruginous, antennz brown, and feet black.
A species of this genus, the Lucilia hominivorax, has lately
obtained a melancholy notoriety. We are indebted to M. Charles
Coquerel, surgeon in the French imperial navy, for the most exact
information concerning this dangerous Dipteron, and the revela-
tion of the dangers to which man is liable in certain parts of the
globe. But let us first,
describe the insect,
which is very pretty
and of brilliant colours.
Fig. 52, taken from
M. Charles Coquerel’s
memoir, represents the
larva and the perfect
insect, as well as the
horny mandibles with
which the larve is pro-
vided. It is rather more than the third of an inch in length, the head
is large, downy, and of a golden yellow. The thorax is dark blue
and very brilliant, with reflections of purple, as is also the abdomen.
The wings are transparent, and have rather the appearance of being
smoked ; their margins as well as the feet are black.
This beautiful insect is an assassin; M. Coquerel has mformed
us that it sometimes occasions the death of those wretched con-
victs whom human justice has transported to the distant peniten-
tiary of Cayenne.
Fig. 52,—Lucilia hominivorax.
+1
bo
THE INSECT WORLD.
When one of these degraded beings, who live in a state of sordid
filth, goes to sleep, a prey to intoxication, it happens sometimes
that this fly gets into his mouth and nostrils. It lays its eggs
there, and when they are changed into larve, the death of the
victim generally follows.*
These larve are of an opaque white colour, a little over half an
inch in length, and have eleven segments. They are lodged
in the interior of the nasal orifices and the frontal sinuses,
and their mouths are armed with two very sharp horny mandibles.
They have been known to reach the ball of the eye, and to gan-
grene the eyelids. They enter the mouth, corrode and devour the
gums and the entrance of the throat, so as to transform those
parts into a mass of putrid flesh, a heap of corruption.
Let us turn away from this horrible description, and observe
that this hominivorous fly is not, properly speaking, a parasite of
man, as it only attacks him accidentally, as it would attack any
animal that was in a daily state of uncleanliness.
In many works on medicine may be found mentioned a circum-
stance, which occurred twenty years ago, at the surgery of M. J.
Cloquet. The story is perhaps not very agreeable, but is so
interesting as regards the subject with which we are occupied,
that we think it ought to be repeated here. One day a poor
wretch, half dead, was brought to the Hotel-Dieu. He was a
beggar, who, having some tainted meat.in his wallet, had gone to
s] »in the sun undera tree. He must have slept long, as the
fl. had time enough to deposit their eggs on the tainted meat,
and the larvee time enough to be hatched, and, what is more, to de-
vour the beggar’s meat. It seems that the larvae enjoyed the repast,
for they passed from the dead meat to the living flesh, and after
devouring the meat they commenced to eat the owner. _Awoke by
the pain, the beggar was taken to the Hotel-Dieu, where he expired.
Who would suppose that one of the causes which render the
centre of Africa difficult to be explored is a fly, not larger than
the house-fly? The Tsetse fly (Fig. 53) is of brown colour,
* “The majority of convicts attacked by the Lwcilia hominivorax,”’ says M. F,
Bouyer, captain of the frigate, in ‘Un Voyage a la Guyane Francaise,’ “ have suc-
cumbed despite the assistance of science. Cures have been the exception ; in a dozen
cases three or four are reported.’’— Tour du Monde, 1866, ler Semestre, p. 318.
DIPTERA.
with a few transverse yellow stripes across the abdomen, and
with wings longer than its body. It is not dangerous to man,
‘to any wild rth or to the pig, the mule, the ass, or the goat.
Fig, 53.—The Tsetse tly (Glossina morsitans, )
| But it stings mortally the ox, the horse, the sheep, and the dog,
: and renders the countries of Central Africa uninhabitable for
those valuable animals. It seems to possess very sharp sight: “It
darts from the top of a bush as quick as an arrow on the object it
wishes to attack,’”’ writes a traveller, M. de Costelnau.
M. Chapmann, one of the travellers who have advanced ‘¢
farthest into the middle of Southern Africa, relates that he cove Led
his body with the greatest care to avoid the bites of this nimble
| enemy. Butif a thorn happened to make a nearly imperceptible
hole in his clothing, he often saw the Tsetse, who appeared to
know that it could not penetrate the cloth, dart forward and sting
him on the uncovered part. This sucker of blood secretes in a
gland, placed at the base of its trunk, so subtle a poison that three
or four flies are sufficient to kill an ox.
The Glossina morsitans abounds on the banks of the African
river, the Zambesi, frequenting the bushes and reeds that border
it. It likes, indeed, all aquatic situations. The African cattle
recognise at great distances the buzzing of this sanguinary enemy,
and this fatal sound causes them to feel the greatest fear.
74 THE INSECT WORLD.
Livingstone, the celebrated traveller, in crossing those regions of
Africa that are watered by the Zambesi, lost forty-three magnificent
oxen by the bites of the Tsetse fly, and had been very little bitten.
«A most remarkable feature in the bite of the Tsetse is its
perfect harmlessness in man and wild animals, and even calves
so long as they continue to suck the cows. We never experienced
the slightest injury from them ourselves, personally, although we
lived two months in their habitat, which was in this case as sharply
defined as in many others, for the south bank of the Chobe was
infested by them, and the northern bank, where our cattle were
placed, only fifty yards distant, contained not a single specimen.
This was the more remarkable, as we often saw natives carrying
over raw meat to the opposite bank with many Tsetse settled on it.
“The poison does not seem to be injected by a sting, or by ova
placed beneath the skin, for, when one is allowed to feed freely on
the hand, it is seen to insert the middle prong of three portions,
into which the proboscis divides, somewhat deeply, into the true
skin. It then draws it out a little way, and it assumes a crimson
colour, as the mandibles come into brisk operation. The previously
shrunken belly swells out, and, if left undisturbed, the fly quietly
departs when it is full. A slight itching irritation follows, but
not more than in the bite of a mosquito. In the ox this same
bite produces no more immediate effects than in man. It does not
startle him as the Gad-fly does; but a few days afterwards the
following symptoms supervene: the eye and nose begin to run,
the coat stares as if the animal were cold, a swelling appears under
the jaw, and sometimes at the navel; and, though the animal
continues to graze, emaciation commences, accompanied with a
peculiar flaccidity of the muscles, and this proceeds unchecked
until, perhaps months afterwards, purging comes on, and the
animal, no longer able to graze, perishes in a state of extreme
exhaustion. Those which are in good condition often perish, soon
after the bite is inflicted, with staggering and blindness, as if the
brain were affected by it. Sudden changes of temperature produced
by falls of rain seem to hasten the progress of the complaint ; but
in general the emaciation goes on uninterruptedly for months, and,
do what we will, the poor animals perish miserably. |
‘““When opened, the cellular tissue on the surface of the body
DIPTERA. 75
beneath the skin is seen to be injected with air, as if a quantity
of soap bubbles were scattered over it, or a dishonest awkward
butcher had been trying to make it look fat. The fat is of a
greenish-yellow colour, and of an oily consistence. All the
muscles are flabby, and the heart often so soft that the fingers
/may be made to meet through it. The lungs and liver partake
of the disease. The stomach and bowels are pale and empty, and
the gall-bladder is distended with bile. These symptoms seem
to indicate, what is probably the case, a poison in the blood; the
germ of which enters when the proboscis is inserted to draw
blood. The poison-germ contained in a bulb at the root of the
proboscis, seems capable, although very minute in quantity, of
repr oducing itself. The blood after death by Tsetse is very small
in quantity, and scarcely stains the hands in dissection.
“The mule, ass, and goat enjoy the same immunity from the
Tsetse as man and the game. Many large tribes on the Zambesi
can keep no domestic animals except the goat, in consequence of
the scourge existing in their country. Our children were fre-
quently bitten, yet suffered no harm; and we saw around us
numbers of zebras, buffaloes, pigs, pallahs, and other antelopes,
feeding quietly in the very habitat of the Tsetse, yet as undisturbed
by its bite as oxen are when they first receive the fatal poison.
There is not so much difference in the natures of the horse and
zebra, the buffalo and ox, the sheep and the antelope, as to afford
any satisfactory explanation of the phenomenon. Is aman not
as much a domestic animal as a dog ?
“The curious feature in the case, that dogs perish though fed on
milk, whereas the calves escape so long as they continue sucking,
made us imagine that the mischief might be produced by some
plant in the locality, and not by Tsetse; but Major Vardon, of the
Madras army, settled that point by riding a horse up to a small
hill infested by the insect, without allowing him time to graze,
and though he only remained long enough to take a view of the
country and catch some specimens of Tsetse on the animal, in ten
days afterwards the horse was dead.” *
* “Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa, by David Livingstone,
LL.D., D.C.L.”” London, John Murray, 1857, p. 81, e¢ seg. (The extract in the
original of this work is from a French translation: “ Explorations dans I’ Intérieur
76 THE INSECT WORLD.
The inhabitants of the Zambesi can, therefore, have no domestic
animal but the goat. When herds of cattle driven by travellers
or dealers are obliged to cross these regions, they only move them
during the bright nights of the cool season, and are careful to
smear them with dung mixed with milk; the Tsetse fly having
an intense antipathy to the dung of animals, besides being in this
season rendered dormant by the lowness of the temperature. It
is only by such precautions that they are able to get through
this dangerous stage of their journey.
The large blue meat-fly, the familiar representative of the
genus Calliphora, is known to all by its brilliant blue and white
reflecting abdomen. This fly, which is common everywhere, is
the Calliphora vomitoria on which Réaumur has made many
beautiful observations, which we will make known to our
readers.
If we shut up a blue meat-fly in a glass vase, as Réaumur did,
and place near the insect a piece of fresh meat, before half a day
is passed, the fly will have deposited its eggs thereon one
after the other, in irregular heaps, of various sizes. The whole of
these heaps consists of about two hundred eggs, which are of an
iridescent white colour, and four or five times as long as they are
broad. In less than twenty-four hours after the egg is laid the
larva is hatched. It is no sooner born than it thinks of feeding,
and buries itself in the meat, with the aid of the hooks and lancets
with which it is provided.
These worms do not appear to discharge any solid excrement,
but they produce a sticky liquid which
keeps the meat in a moist state and
hastens its putrefaction. The larve eat
voraciously and always; so much s80,
that in four or five days they arrive at
their full growth. They then take no
Fig. 54.—Eggs of the Meat-fy. | more nourishment until they are trans-
begets ne dl formed into flies. They are now about
to assume the pupa state. In this condition it is no longer neces-
de l'Afrique australe, et voyages 4 travers le continent Sainte-Paul de Loanda a
l’Embouchure du Zambéze, de 1840 4 1846, traduit de l’anglais.”’ In 8vo. Paris,
1859. Pages 93—95.—EpD.)
DIPTERA. 77
sary for them to remain on the tainted meat, which has been alike
their cradle and their larder, and where until now they were so
well off. They therefore leave it and seek a retreat under ground.
The larva then assumes a globular form and reddish colour, loses
all motion, and cannot any longer either lengthen or shorten, or
dilate or contract itself. Life seems to have left it. ‘It would be
considered a miracle,” says Réaumur, “if we were told there was
any kind of quadruped of the size of a bear, or of an ox, which at
a certain time of the year, the beginning of winter for instance,
disengages itself completely from its skin, of which it makes a box
of an oval form; that it shuts itself up in this box; that it knows
how to close it in every part, and besides that it knows how
to strengthen it in such a manner as to preserve itself from the
effects of the air and the attacks of other animals. This pro-
digy is presented to us, on a small scale, in the metamorphosis
of our larva. It casts its skin to make itself a strong and well-
' closed dwelling.”’
If one opens these cocoons only twenty-four hours after the
metamorphoses of the worms, no vestige of those parts appertaining
to a pupa is to be found. But four or five days afterwards, the
cocoon is occupied by a white pupa, provided with all the parts of
_afly. The legs and wings, although enclosed in sheaths, are very
distinct ; these sheaths being so thin that they do not conceal
' them. The trunk of the fly rests on the thorax ; one can discern
| its lips and the case which encloses the lancet. The head is large
and well formed, its large, compound eyes being very distinct.
The wings appear still unformed, because they are folded, and, as
| it were, packed up. It is a fly, but an immovable and inanimate
fly ; it is like a mummy enveloped in its cloths.
Nevertheless, it is intended this mummy should awake, and
when the time comes it will be strong and vigorous. Indeed it has
need of strength and vigour to accomplish the important work of
its life. Although its coverings are thin, it is a considerable work
for the insect to emerge, for each of its exterior parts 1s enclosed
in them as in a case, much the same as a glove fits tightly to all
the fingers of the hand. But that for which the most strength is
necessary is the operation of forming the opening of the cocoon, in
which as a mummy it is so tightly enclosed.
78 THE INSECT WORLD.
The fly always comes out at the same end of the cocoon, that is,
at the end where its head is placed, and also where the head of the
larva previously was. This end is composed of two parts—of two
half cups placed one against the other. These can be detached
from each other and from the rest of the cocoon. It is sufficient
for the fly that one be detached, and in order to effect this, it
employs a most astonishing means. It expands and contracts its
head alternately, as if by dilatation; and thus pushes the two half
cups away from the end of the cocoon. These are not long able
to resist the battering of the fly’s head, and the insect at length
comes out triumphant. This fly, which should be blue, is then
grey; it, however, comes quickly to perfection, at the end of
three hours attaining its definite colour; and in a very short
space of time every part of the animal becomes of that firmness
and consistency which characterise it. At the same time, the
wings, which at the moment it came into the world were only
stumps, extend and unfold themselves by degrees. ‘The meat-fly
is represented below (Fig. 55).
One of the features in the formation of this fly which most
attracted the attention of
Y LP Réaumur, and which is likely
\. ane , y to excite the curiosity of all
= pe those who take an interest in
if 8 i | insects, is the composition of
f ANN yy A i ‘ its trunk. We will therefore,
‘i lk | with that illustrious observer,
f \ take a glimpse at the remark-
‘Fig. 55.—Blue-bottle fly able and complicated appa-
lec CU CE Ri sue ratus by the aid of which the
fly can suck up liquids, and can even taste solid and crystalline
substances, such as sugar.
It is no difficult matter to make a fly show its trunk,
extended to its full extent. One has only to press between
the finger and thumb either the two sides or the upper and under
part of the thorax. It is thus forced at once to put out its
tongue.
The tongue appears to be composed of two parts joined together,
DIPTERA. 79
and forming a more or less obtuse angle (Fig. 56). The first portion
of the trunk, that which joins the head, is perfectly membraneous
and in the form of a funnel. We will call it the conical part and
show it separately (Fig. 57). The second portion terminates in a
Fig. 56.—Trunk of the Meat-fly. Fig. 57.—Conical part of the trunk.
thick mass, in part cartilaginous or scaly, and of a shiny brown
colour. Above the conical portion are two oblong antenne, with-
out joints, of chesnut colour, and furnished with hairs.
On ceasing to press the thorax, the membrancous conical por-
tion may be seen to draw itself back within its sheath (Fig. 58).
The second portion is at the same time
drawn into the cavity, but it raises itself
by forming a more and more acute angle,
so that when it reaches the opening of the
cell its length is equal to that of the cell,
which is quite large enough to receive gig. 58.—Retractile proboscis
the second portion. The thick part is SP Pa aan
lengthened and flattened a little, and conceals the trunk.
Let us cause the trunk to extend itself a second time, in order
to observe its end minutely. Here the opening is placed, which
may be looked upon as the mouth of the insect, and is provided
with two large thick lips (Fig. 59). These lips form a disk,
perpendicular to the axis of the trunk; the disc 1s oval, and is
divided into two equal and similar parts by a slit. The lips
have each a considerable number of parallel
channels situated perpendicularly to the slit.
These channels are formed by a succession of
vessels placed near each other. On pressing
the trunk we see that these vessels are distended gig, 59.—Extremity on the
by aliquid. Réaumur, from whom we borrow Nae Beek a
these details, discovered a few of the uses to which this trunk
inn
rt
“yp
nore
t
eet
fer eke
iphad!
ipa
80 THE INSECT WORLD.
is applied. He covered the interior of a transparent glass
vase with a light coat of thick syrup. He then put in some
flies, when it was easy to see some of them proceed to fix
themselves to the sides of the vase, and regale themselves on the
sugary liquid, of which they are very fond. He observed them
carefully, and in his admirable work he recommends those who
are curious to try the experiment, with which, like himself, they
will certainly be satisfied.
While the body of the trunk is stationary, its end is much
agitated. It may be seen to move in different ways, and with an
astonishing quickness; the lips acting in a hundred different
ways, and always with great rapidity. The small diameter of
the disc which they form lengthens and shortens alternately ;
the angle formed by the two lips varies every instant; they become ~
successively flat and convex, either entirely or partly. All these
movements, Réaumur remarks, give a high idea of the organisa-
tion of the part which performs them.
The object of all these movements is to draw the syrup into the
interior of the trunk. If we observe the lips (Fig. 60) atten-
tively, it will easily be seen that they touch each other
about the centre of the disc and leave two openings,
one in front, the other at the back. The one in front,
is, one may say, the mouth of the fly, as it is to this
opening that the liquid is brought, which is intended
Fig. 60.—Lips ; e : :
of the proboscis tg be and is soon introduced into the trunk. With-
f a fly. i .
; out occupying ourselves for the present with the
channel through which it rises, we may first ask, whatever that
channel may be, what is the power that forces the liquid into it P
It is nearly certain that suction is the principal cause of the
liquid flowing up the trunk. It would thus be a sort of pump,
into which the liquid is forced by the pressure of the external air.
The fly exhausts the air from the tube of its trunk, and the drop
of liquid which is at the opening penetrates and goes up this
channel through the influence of the atmospheric pressure. To
this physical phenomenon must be added the numerous and multi-
plied movements which take place in the trunk, and which are
intended to cause sufficient pressure to drive the liquor which is
introduced into the channel upwards.
ee
DIPTERA. 81
Réaumur wished to know how it was that very thick syrups, and
even solid sugar, can be sucked up by the soft trunk of the fly.
What he saw is wonderful. Ifa fly meets with too thick a syrup,
it can render it sufficiently liquid ; if the sugar is too hard, it can
break it into small portions. In fact, there exists in its body a supply
of liquid, of which it discharges a drop from the end of its trunk
at will, and lets this fall-on the sugar which it wishes to dis-
solve, or on the syrup it wishes to dilute. So nus NNN
| |) ps j \
/// TTTTTT TIT / IT) / TN \
Ss TTT mil \
; ys \ \) \
| ( TNS AAI Wwe a XK MS
( \ i LLL / MTT TA WV T/T| TTT TAL IL EL
Fig. 137.~—Antenne of Lepidoptera.
turn and a half or two turns; some larger sized make three turns
and a half or four turns: lastly, some very long are curled as
many as eight or ten times. |
This is how the butterfly makes use of its trunk: When it is |
fluttering round a flower, it will very soon settle on or quite
close to it. It then brings it forward entirely or almost en- |
tirely unrolled; very soon afterwards it almost straightens it,
directs it downwards and plunges it into the flower. Sometimes
it draws it out a moment after, curves it, twists it a little, and
sometimes even curls it partially up. Immediately it straightens
it again to plunge it a second time into the same flower. It |
repeats the same mancuvre seven or eight times, and then flies
on to another.
LEPIDOPTERA. x U/ ATS
This trunk, of which the butterfly makes»such ‘g00d, use, 48
composed of two fillets more or less long, horny, coneave’ in-their
interior surfaces, and fastened together by
their edges. When cut transversely, one
sees, according to Réaumur,* that the in-
terior is composed of three small rings.
Consequently, there are three canals in the
trunk, one central, the other two lateral
(Fig. 188). Are all these three used to con-
| duct the juice of flowers into the butterfly’s
body? Réaumur has made some very in-
| teresting observations on this subject, by
| observing a moth which was sucking a lump SLUR ere hae a oe
| of sugar, whilst its portrait was being taken. jer
| “JT held in one hand,” says Réaumur, “a powerful magnifying a
glass, which I brought near to that part of the trunk I wished to
examine; I was sometimes half a minute, or nearly a minute,
without perceiving anything, after which I saw clearly a little
column of liquid mounting quickly along the whole length of the pars |
trunk. Often this column appeared to be intersected by little
balls which seemed to be globules of air which had been drawn up
with the liquid. This liquid ascended thus during three or four 9
seconds, and then ceased. At the end of an interval of a greater “
y -— =
a eee Fein er oie
messi z
T= Se Me * =
- = =
number of seconds, or sometimes after an interval as short, I saw Hel
some fresh liquid mounting up along the trunk. But it was straight rg
up the middle of the trunk that it seemed to ascend. ce
“The Author of nature has given to insects means of working, ite
which, though very simple, we cannot divine, and which often sie .
we are not able even to perceive. Whilst I was observing the EES
trunk of our butterfly, between the columns of liquid which I saw
ascending, there were, but more rarely, times when I saw, on the
contrary, liquid descending from the base of the trunk to the point.
The descending liquid occupied half or two-thirds of the tube. It
was no longer difficult to perceive how the butterfly 1s able to
nourish itself on honey, the thickest syrup, and even the most
solid sugar. The fluid it sends down is apparently very liquid ;
it drives against the sugar, moistens, and dissolves it. The
* Planche 9, Fig. 10, 5e mémoire, “Sur les parties exterieurs des papillons.”’
176 THE INSECT WORLD.
butterfly pumps this liquid up again when it is charged with sugar,
and conducts it along as far as the base of its trunk, and beyond
it.
The life of the perfect insect is generally very short. Like
nearly all other insects, they die as soon as they have propagated
their species. The female lays her eggs, which vary in shape,
on the plant which is to nourish her progeny. The colour is
also very various, and passes through all sorts of shades. At the
moment they are laid, many are covered with a gummy substance,
insoluble in water, which serves to stick them on the plant.
In some species, the mother lays her eggs on the trunks of trees,
and covers them with down or with the hairs which cover her
abdomen, so as to preserve them from cold and damp. She may
also hide them entirely under a whitish, foamy substance. Some
do not lay more than a hundred eggs; others lay some thousands.
To bring the history of the Lepidoptera to an end, it only
remains for us to give a sketch of their classification, and to point
out some species remarkable, either on account of their beauty,
or from their utility.
We see during the day anon flying in our gardens, in
meadows full of ote or in the alleys of woods. Towards
evening, at the sombre hour of twilight, the stroller is some-
times surprised to see pass near him large moths, with a heavy
and unequal flight, or if one go into a garden on a beautiful
calm summer’s night, bearing a ight, one sees a crowd of moths
flying from all parts towards it.
It is on account of these different hours at which the Lepidoptera
show themselves, that naturalists for a long time divided them
into diurnal, crepuscular, and nocturnal. This division was simple,
convenient, and seemed founded on nature. Unfortunately, the
night fliers of the old authors donot all fly by night; some
species, classed by the old naturalists among the crepuscular or
nocturnal, show themselves in the very middle of the day, seek-
ing their food in hottest rays of the sun. In the’ regions near
the poles they appear during the day, and in other countries they
are more or less friends of the twilight.
So as not to multiply methodical divisions, we will confine our-
selves to classing the Lepidoptera into two sections.
LEPIDOPTERA. 177
The first section contains those which fly during the day, which
have club-shaped antenne, and which have their four wings entirely
free, and standing perpendicularly* when the insect is at rest.
They are called Butterflies, or Rhopalocera. This section is
divided into a number of families, which comprise many genera.
We will content ourselves with calling the attention of the reader
to some of the most remarkable of these groups, and to those species
which, either on account of their beauty or abundance, strike, or
ought to strike, the attention of every one.
In the family of the Papilionide, we will mention the genera
Papilio, to which belong the Swallow-tailed butterfly (Papilio
machaon), Papilio podalirius, &c., and Parnassius, of which we
will notice Parnassius Apollo, and Parnassius mnemosyne.
Fig. 189.—Swallow-tailed Buttertly (Papilio machaon.)
o
The Swallow-tailed butterfly is found plentifully in the fens of
Cambridgeshire, and Norfolk and Suffolk, and very commonly in
the environs of Paris. It is seen from the beginning of May till
towards the middle of June; then from the end of July till Sep-
tember. It frequents gardens, woods, and above all fields of
lucerne. It is easily taken when settled, particularly at sunset.
This is one of the largest and the most beautiful of the
* There are exceptions to this.—Eb.
N
178 THE INSECT WORLD.
Kuropean butterflies. The wings are variegated with yellow and
black; the eyes, antenna, and trunk are black. The body is
yellow on the sides and underneath, and black above. The front
wings have rot ded edges; the hind ones, on the contrary, are
notched, and or of these notches is prolonged into a sort of tail.
Fig. 140.—Larva of Papilio machaon.
| The first are black, spotted and striped with yellow; the second
have their upper part and middle yellow, with some touches only
Fig. 141.—Papilio alexanor,
of black. Near the margin is a broad black band, dusted with
blue; lastly, six yellow spots in the form of a crescent run along
LEPIDOPTERA. 179
the border, and end in a magnificent eye of a reddish colour, bor-
dered with blue.
The caterpillar of this species is large, smooth, and of a beau-
tiful light green, with a transverse black band on each ring.
These bands are sprinkled with orange spots. It lives on the
fennel, carrot, and other Umbelliferee. If teased it thrusts from
the first ring after the head a fleshy orang" -coloured ten-
tacle. The chrysalis attached to a stalk of grass is sometimes
light green, sometimes greyish.
In the low Alps, on the plains near the envions of Digne and
Barcelonette, is found in the months of May ant July the Papilio
, ge er eS ,
et grey oy -
3 : : Fa. pao
~ 3 os =~ \ ,
x i bert a x 7 *:
5 3 3 S ’ 3 SS a
i
Wan biip
i
sont
gnwil
Fig. 142.—The scarce Swallow-tailed Buttertly (Papilio podalirius ).
alexanor (Fig. 141), and in Corsica and Sardinia is found the Papilio
hospiton, a rare species, nearly related to our Swallow-tailed
butterfly, but which. we will here content ourselves with men-
tioning.
The Papilio podalirius (Fig. 142) is in form very analogous to
Papilio machaon. It is of a rather pale yellow colour, marked
with black as if singed. The lower wings have tails longer and |
N 2
180 THE INSECT WORLD.
narrower than those of the latter, and are magnificently orna-
mented with blue crescent-shaped spots and an orange-coloured
eye bordered below with blue. This beautiful species is not rare
at Montmorency, at Ile-Adam, and at St. Germain. It is said to
have been taken in England, and is called the scarce Swallow-
tail, but its capture is considered as very questionable. It
appears for the first time at the end of April, and for the second
Fig. 143.—Parnassius Apollo.
in July and August. The Parnassius Apollo (Fig. 148) is a
beautiful butterfly which appears in June and J uly, and is found
commonly enough in the Alps, the Pyrenees, and the Cevennes.
Its wings are of a yellowish white. The upper part of the fore
wings presents five nearly round black spots; the base and the
costa or front edge of these wings are sprinkled with black
atoms. The upper part of the hind wings presents two eyes of
a vermilion red, the inner border furnished with whitish hairs
amply dotted with black, and marked towards the extremity with
two black spots. The under part of the fore wings is very
similar to the upper. But the under part of the hind wings
presents four red spots bordered by black, forming a trans-
verse band near the base. The body is black, furnished with
russety hairs, and the antenne white with the club black.
The larva of the Apollo lives on saxifrages. To effect its
transformation it surrounds itself with a slight network of silk
in which are confined one or more leaves. This caterpillar
is thick, smooth, cylindrical, and covered with small slightly
hairy warts, and ornamented on the first ring with a fleshy tentacle
LEPIDOPTERA.
in the shape of a Y. The chrysalis is conical, sprinkled over
| with a bluish efflorescence resembling the bloom on a plum. The
Parnassius mnemosyne is found in the month of June in the moun-
tains of Dauphiné, in Switzerland, Sicily, Hungary, Sweden, and
in the Pyrenees.
In the family of the Pieride, we will mention many species
remarkable in different ways, such as P7eris crategi, the Black-
veined white, Pieris brassice, the Cabbage butterfly, Pieris nap,
Pieris callidice, Anthocharis cardamines, the Orange-tip,
| Rhodocera (Gonepteryx) rhamni, and Colias edusa, or Clouded
| yellow. Pieris crateg is white both above and below; the veins
only of the wings are black, and become a little broader at the
edge of the upper wings. These black veins on a rather trans-
parent white ground make this butterfly resemble a gauze veil,
hence it French name, Le Gazé. It flies in spring and summer in
meadows and gardens, but is not generally common in England.
In the first volume of his “ Travels in the North of Russia,”
Pallas relates that he saw insects of this species flying in great
numbers in the environs of Winofka, and that he at first took
them for flakes of snow. The Pieris crategi fixes itself at sunset
on flowers, where it is easily taken by the hand. During the day,
on the contrary, it is difficult to catch. The larva, black at
first, afterwards assumes short yellow and white hairs, but it varies
much. They live in companies, under a silky web in which they
pass the winter. The leaves of the hawthorn, the sloe, the cherry
tree, and of many other fruit trees serve them for food. The
pupa, yellow or white, and sometimes of both colours with little
stripes and spots of black, is angular and terminated in front by
a blunt point.
The Pieris brassice (Fig. 144), or Cabbage butterfly, is perhaps
the commonest of all butterflies. From the beginning of spring
till the end of autumn, one sees it flying about everywhere, in
the gardens, sometimes near and almost in the interior of towns.
It is of a dull white, spotted and veined with black, and it can
be seen at a long distance, when flitting from flower to flower,
in a meadow or garden. And so children wage desperate war
against this flying prey. The pursuit of the Cabbage butterfly
through the alleys of parks, along the outskirts of woods, or on the
———
182 THE INSECT WORLD.
green turf of meadows, is the first joy and the first passion of
children in the country.
Fig. 144.—Pieris brassice.
The caterpillar (Fig. 145) is of a yellowish green, or rather
greenish yellow, with three yellow longitudinal stripes separated
by little black points, from each of which
springs a whitish hair. It lives in groups on
the cabbages in gardens, and on many other
Crucifere. It is so voracious that it consumes
in a day more than double its own weight, and as
it multiplies very quickly, commits great ravages
in the vegetable garden. Its pupa (Fig. 145) is
of an ashy white, spotted with black and yellow.
The Pzeris rape, or Small white butterfly,
differs but little from the preceding except in
size. The caterpillar, which lives on the cab-
bage, turnip, mignonette, nasturtium, &c., is
green, with three yellow lines. It does not
do these much harm. In France it is called
ae ae le ver du ceur (the heart-worm), because it
and Ciuysalis of penetrates in between leaves pressed closely to-
gether.
The Pieris napi, the Green-veined white, is very like the two
preceding, but the wings, the lower ones especially, have under-
neath broad veins or bands of a greenish colour. The Pieris
callidice, the wings of which are white spotted with black, is
common in the Alps of France, in Savoy and Switzerland, and
LEPIDOPTERA. 183
in the Pyrenees. Its caterpillar lives near the regions of perpetual
snow, on small, cruciferous plants.
The Orange-tips have, in the males, the extremity of the upper
wings of a beautiful orange yellow. The rest of the wings is
Fig. 146.—Pieris napi. Fig, 147.—Anthocharis cardamines.
Ss i 5S
white in the only British species (Fig. 147), which is to be seen in
meadows from the end of April till the end of May, and sulphur-
coloured in some other species.
One species extremely common, and which appears with but short
“interruption from the beginning of spring till the end of autumn,
is the Brimstone butterfly (Rhodocera (Gonepteryx) rhamni). The
wings are a lemon yellow, with an orange-coloured spot in the
middle of each, and the front border terminated in a series of very
small iron-coloured spots. The body of the butterfly is black
with silvery hairs.
The Colias edusa, or Clouded yellow, so called from the colour
of the upper part of its wings, is not uncommon in meadows
and fields in early autumn throughout Europe. The upper side
of the wings is of a marigold yellow; the upper ones having
towards the middle a large spot of black. At the extremity of
each wing is a broad black band, continuous in the case of the
male, interrupted by yellow spots in the female. The back of the
body is yellow ; the legs, as well as the antenna, rosy.
The family of the Lyceide comprises a great number of species,
some of which we will mention.
The Thecle, ov Hair-streaks, which the French call Petit Porte-
queue, on account of the tails which grace the hind margin of the
hind wings, inhabit woods, their larvee feeding according to the
species on the birch, the oak, the plum-tree, the bramble, &c.
THE INSECT WORLD.
154
The Thecla betule (Fig. 148), or Brown hair-streak, is somewhat
rare in this country.
Fig. 148.—Thecla betule.
. The Purple hair-streak (Thecla quercus, Fig. 149), which |
oe Geoffroy calls the “‘ Porte-queue bleu a une bande blanche,’ is not
i ¥ig. 149.—Thecla quercus.
rare in woods; but it is very difficult to catch, as it flies, nearly
always by couples, at the top of trees. We still further represent
here the Black hair-streak (Thecla pruni, Fig. 150), and the Green
hair-streak (Thecla rubi, Fig. 151).
In the meadows are found the Copper-butterflies; butterflies
with wings of a bright, tawny colour, with black marks on the upper
side. Such is the Polyommatus (Lycena) phleas (Fig. 152), which
is very common from the end of May until late in theautumn. The
o0nn
LEPIDOPTERA. 185
upper part of the wing is coppery, spotted with black. The
Fig. 150.—Thecla pruni,
| under side of a grey colour, sprinkled with small eyes, and yu
Fig. 151.—Thecla rubi,
| ie
| bie
| bordered by a zone of tawny spots. Linnzus counted forty-two be |
little black eyes on the under side of the wings.
Fig. 152.—Small Copper (Po/yommatus (Lycenm) phieas).
We also figure Polyommatus (Lycena) virgauree (Fig. 153), and
186 THE INSECT WORLD.
Polyommatus (Lycena) gordius (Fig. 154), neither of which occurs
in this country.
==
\
\
~~ I)
Zs NO
Fj
ig. 153.—Polyommatus (Lycena) virgaurez.
In the meadows, the gardens, and the lucerne and clover fields,
are found the charming Blue butterflies, the wings on the upper
Fig. 154.- Polyommatus (Lyczena) gordius.
side, in the majority of instances, biue in the case of the males,
brown in the females.
They comprise the genus Lycena, or, as it is frequently called,
Polyommatus,* though that name is now generally given to the
preceding. We will content ourselves here by giving drawings of
* It may not be out of place to remark that although both these generic names
are applied, sometimes to the one, sometimes to the other of these genera, the genus
named in the text Polyommatus and that called Lycena are never considered identical.
When either name is applied to the one, it is not at the same time applied to
the other.—Eb.
LEPIDOPTERA. 187
a few species of the genus, namely, the Lycena (Polyommatus)
Corydon, or blue Argus (Fig. 155), which is not uncommon where-
ever there is chalk, in May and August ; the Lycena (Polyommatus)
hs Ss == => Min =
< \ \\\ ‘ie
] = QA
WM QWKF
nif y ok
J / aay) =
\\
——
Fig. 155, —Lyczena (Polyommatus) Corydon.
| battus, or brown Argus (Fig 156), which does not occur here; the
Lycena (Polyommatus) egon, which flies about our sandy heaths.
| The caterpillars of this genus, as also those of the preceding,
Fig. 156.—Lyczna (Polyommatus) battus. Fig. 157.—Lycena (Polyommatus) egon.
are broad and flat, resembling wood-lice, with very short legs, and
are very slow in their movements.
In the numerous family of the Vanessid@ are placed the beau-
tiful species known as the large and small Tortoise-shell, the Pea-
cock, &e.
The large Tortoise-shell butterfly (Vanessa polychioros, Fig. 158)
has wings of a tawny colour above, and of a blackish brown below,
with darker spots, bordered by a black band, with a stripe of
*
S BREST Se
SSS ee
ose = wee Ss
188
yellowish colour
THE INSECT WORLD
running down the middle.
It is found in July
Fig. 158.—Large Tortoise-shell Buttertly (Vanessa polychloros).
and September on the oak, the elm, the willow, and many fruit
trees.
lil ni i
mae mm ideUdncomealdil’ aah mune jell
ae : ee ut | mall
ni :
sii i
lit
ist
A ay va
Fig. 159.—Larva and pupa of the large Tortoise-shell ( Vanessa polychloros).
The larva (Fig. 159) is bluish or brownish, with an orange-
coloured lateral line, bristling with yellowish hairs. The chrysalis,
which is angular, and of a red tint, is ornamented with golden
metallic spots.
We give here a drawing of the small Tortoise-shell (Vanessa
urtice, Fig. 160), which resembles the preceding, but is smaller.
Its caterpillar, bristly, blackish, with four yellowish lines, lives in
companies on the nettle.
The Peacock butterfly (Vanessa Io,
Fig. 161) is very easily recognised by the peacock’s eyes to the
LEPIDOPTERA. 189
number of four, one on each wing, which have gained for it the
name it bears. The eye on the upper wings is reddish in the
middle, and surrounded by a yellowish circle. ’ That on the
Fig. 160.—Small Tortoise-shell Buttertly (Vanessa urtice).
lower ones is blackish, with a grey circle round it, and contains
bluish spots. ‘The upper part of the wings is of a russety brown,
i
ae
mie
4
Fig. 161.—Peacock Butterfly (Vanessa /o),
the under part blackish. This Vanessa is met with in the woods
eo
190 THE INSECT WORLD.
in lucerne fields, and in gardens. Its spiny caterpillar is of
a shiny black with white dots, and lives in companies on nettles.
The chrysalis, at first greenish, then brownish, is ornamented with
golden spots.
Fig. 162.— Camberwell Beauty (Vanessi Antiopr),
The Vanessa Antiopa (Fig. 162), one of the greatest of entomo-
logical rareties in England. is not very common in the woods
about Paris, but it is frequently found in the environs of Bordeaux,
and, above all, at the Grande Chartreuse (in the department of
Isére).. The Parisian collectors go as far as Fontainebleau in pur-
suit of this beautiful species, with angular wings, of a dark purple
black, with a yellowish or whitish band on the hind border and
a succession of blue spots above it. The caterpillar is black, and
bristly, with red spots. -It lives in companies on the birch, the
aspen, the elm, and different kinds of willows. The pupa ‘is
blackish, sprinkled with a bluish powder, and has ferruginous-
coloured dots. The butterfly, which emerges from the pupa in
July and August, is found, after hybernation, at the end of
February and until M ay. It flies very rapidly and is very difficult
to catch.
The Red Admiral butterfly (Vanessa Atalanta, Fig. 163) has
bands of vermilion colour on the upper side of its wings, which
are black above, and variegated beneath with different colours.
The caterpillar is bristly and blackish, with a succession of
spots of lemon-colour on its sides. Tit lives in solitude on the
stinging-nettle (Urtica dioica). Its chrysalis is blackish, with
LEPIDOPTERA. 191
golden spots. This magnificent insect 1s common at the end
of summer, and easy to catch. If missed once it comes back
Fig. 163.—Red Admiral Butterfly (Vanessa Atulanta). at
—= =
=
again almost immediately, and almost alights on the net of the
collector. sf
The Painted Lady (Vanessa (Cynthia) cardi, Fig. 164) owes
its vernacular name to the beauty of its colours. The upper
sae =
Fig. 164.—Paiuted Lady Buttertly () anessa (Cynthia) cardui).
wings are covered above with tawny spots, rather cerise coloured
towards the interior, and with white spots on the hind margin
192 THE INSECT WORLD.
towards the tip of the wing; the whole on a lightish ground.
The lower wings are of a reddish tawny colour, with many black
spots, a circular row of which borders the wing. The caterpillar is
bristly, brownish, with yellow lateral broken lines. It lives in
solitude on many species of thistle, on the artichoke, the milfoil or
yarrow, &c. It makes for itself a web, rather like a spider’s nest,
and lives therein. The pupa is greyish, with numerous golden
dots. The perfect insect shows itself, almost without interruption,
from spring till autumn. It flies rapidly, and in certain seasons is
abundant.
The Vanessa (Grapta) C-album (Fig. 165), or Comma butter-
fly, is not common in this country. Above, its wings are tawny,
spotted with black. Below, they
are more or less brown, with
different tints, and sometimes 2
little blue. On the underside of
the lower wings is a white spot
of the form of a C. “ This spot,”
says old Geoffroy, ‘“ caused this
butterfly to have the name of
gamma given to it, and its colour
Fig. 165.—The Comma Buttertly (Vanessa Of Diable enrhumé (sic), as also
ma 2 the singular cut of its wings, has
caused it to be called by others Robert le Diable.” Its caterpillar
lives on the nettle, the honeysuckle, the currant, the hazel, and
the elm. It is of a reddish brown, with a white band on the
back. Réaumur calls it the Beadle, comparing it to the church
beadles, who usually dress in glaring colours.
These brilliant Vanesse, of which we have just briefly described
some remarkable species, have been the cause of superstitious terror.
This must at first sight seem incredible, but it has arisen thus:
When they have just quitted the pupa, a red-coloured liquid drops
from them. Ifa great many butterflies are hatched at the same
time, and in the same place, the ground becomes, as it were,
sprinkled with drops of blood. Hence the origin of the pretended
showers of blood which, at different periods, have terrified the
ignorant, too much imbued with religious superstitions. |
At the beginning of the month of J uly, 1608, one of these sup-
LEPIDOPTERA. 193
posed showers of blood fell on the outskirts of Aix, in Provence,
and this rain extended for the distance of half a league from the
town. Some priests of the town deceived themselves; or, desirous
of turning to account the credulity of the people, dic not hesitate
to attribute this event to satanic agency. Fortunately, a learned
man, M. de Peiresc, who was not only well versed in the know-
ledge of ancient literature, but who was, moreover, familiar with
the natural sciences, discovered that a prodigious multitude of
_ butterflies were flying about in the places which were thus mira-
culously covered with blood. He collected some chrysalides and
put them into a box, and letting them hatch there, observed the
blood-like liquid, and hastened to make it known to the friends
of the miraculous. He established the fact that the supposed drops
of blood were only found in cavities, in interstices, under the copings
_ of walls, &c., and never on the surface of stones turned upwards ;
' and proved by these observations that they were drops of a red
| liquid deposited by the butterflies.
However, in spite of the reassuring remarks of the learned
_ Peiresc, the people in the outskirts of Aix continued to feela
genuine terror at the sight of these tears of blood which stained
the soil. Peiresc attributes to this same cause some other showers
of blood related by historians, and which took place about the same
season. Such was a shower of rain which was supposed to have
fallen in the time of Childebert, at Paris, and in a house m the
territory of Senlis. Such again was a so-called bloody shower
- which showed itself towards the end of June, during the reign of
king Robert of France. Réaumur points out the large Tortoise-
shell as being the most capable of spreading these sorts of alarms
founded on a deplorable ignorance and the spirit of superstition.
« Thousands,”’ says he, ‘‘ change into pup towards the end of
May or the beginning of June. Before their transformation they
leave the trees, often fastening themselves to walls, and, making
their way into country-houses, they suspend themselves to the
frames of doors, &c. If the butterflies which come out of them
towards the end of June or the beginning of July were all to fly
together, there would be enough of them to form little clouds or
swarms, and consequently there would be enough to cover the
stones in certain localities with spots of a blood-red colour, and to
0
=< “ese = aes =
+2
194 THE INSECT WORLD.
make those who only seek to terrify themselves, and to see prodi-
gies in everything, believe that during the night it had rained
blood.”
In the family of Nymphalide, we will first mention the White
Admiral (Fig. 166). | The upper side of its wings is of a dark
brown, almost black, traversed in the middle by a white band
divided into spots very close
to each other. The lower
part of the wings is ferru-
ginous, with a band and
spots of white, as on the
upper, besides which it has
a double hinder trans-
verse row of black dots.
These dots are followed on
the hind wings by some
white spots, and the whole of the inner margin is of a glossy ashy
blue, with the base spotted with black. This butterfly is not rare
Fig. 166.—White Admiral (Limenitis sibilla).
Fig. 167.—Limenitis camilla.
in the month of July in woods in the south of England, where it
flies round and settles upon the branches of the underwood. The
caterpillar is of a delicate green, with a lateral white stripe, and
LEPIDOPTERA. 195
rather bristly. It feeds on honeysuckle. The pupa is angular, of
greenish colour with golden spots.
The Limenitis camilla (Fig. 167), of which the black on the
wings is shot with blue, is not found in England.
In the month of July, the Apatura tha (Fig. 168), and the Pur-
ple Emperor (Apatura iris), sylvan insects of strong flight, whose
‘wings are beautifully shot with violet blue when examined
in certain lights,—the latter resembling Jia, but wanting the eye-
like spots on the front wings,—are met with. Jris only 1s
found in this country. Both species occur in the environs of
Paris.
The Charaxes iasius (Fig. 169), which is found along the whole
Fig. 168. —Apatura ilia.
of the Mediterranean coast, has its lower wings terminated in two
points, whence the peasants call this butterfly the Pacha nith tro
tails. The upper part of its wings is of a brown colour of changing
hues. The hind margin of the fore wings has along it a tawny
band with a fine black line running round. The hind wings have
their hinder margin black, and garnished with a little white
fringe. The two tails are black and the groove of the inner
margin is of an ashy grey. The underneath of the wings is
02
os = as =
196 THE INSECT WORLD.
ferruginous with spots of an olive brown set in a framework
of white towards the base.
Fig. 169.—Charaxes jasius. |
The caterpillar is green, and flat like a slug, with four yellow
horns bordered with red (Fig. 170). It lives on the arbutus, a
Fig. 170.—Larva of Charaxes jasius Fig. 171.—Erebia euryale.
about to change to a pupa.
shrub common enough on the hills and mountains of the coast of
the Mediterranean.
Fig. 172.—Chionobas aello.
To the family of the Satyride belongs the Erebia euryale
LEPIDOPTERA. 197
(Fig. 171), which is found in the month of July is sub-alpine
regions; the Chionobas aello (Fig. 172), which is found in the
| Alps of Switzerland, of the Tyrol, and of Savoy, and which is
_ common enough, in the month of July, on the summit of Montan-
vers, near the mer de glace; the Satyrus “anira, or Meadow brown
Fig. 173.—Meadow brown (Satyrus (Hipparchia) janira).
| (Fig. 173), which is very common, in the months of June and
_ July, in woods and fields.
. We now pass on to the second section of Lepidoptera.
It contains those whose flight in the majority of species is nocturnal
or by twilight, but by day in some species. The antenne are more
or less swollen out in the middle or before their extremities, and,
_ independently of that, sometimes prismatic, sometimes cylindrical,
sometimes pectinated or indented. The body,—mwhich was small in
comparison to the wings, and which was remarkably thin between
the thorax and the abdomen in the first section of Lepidoptera,—is
in this section very much larger in proportion to the wings, and is
not drawn tightly in between the thorax and the abdomen. The
mings are horizontal or slightly inclined when the insect is at rest ; the
upper then cover the lower, which
are generally comparatively short
and kept back by a bridle on the
first, in the case of the males only.
We will take the genus Sesza
as the representative of the
Sesiide. These singular insects
have membranous wings, and re-
’ semble various species of Hyme-
j noptera. The largest species is
. the Sesia apiformis (ig. 174), that is, bee-like, which is found
Fig. 174.—Sesia apiformis.
198
THE INSECT WORLD.
in this country, resting on the trunks of willows and poplar.
trees, from the end of May till the middle of July. It resem.
bles a hornet, and is of the same size and has the same colours
only they are not quite so bright. | When this moth is just
hatched, its wings are ferruginous; but its scales, light an¢
caducous, fall as soon as the insect begins to fly. The caterpillar,
which lives in the trunks or roots of willows and poplar-trees, is
of a yellowish colour. The pupa is long, of a brownish colour,
enclosed in a cocoon composed. of design saw-dust, the pro-
duct of the caterpillar’s erosions.
In the middle of summer the meadows are frequented by moths,
with brilliant black and velvety wings, marked with red, which
fly heavily and only for a short time together. They remain
by motionless during the great heat of the day. These are the
Zygene, or Burnets, of the family of the!
Zygemde. The Ram Sphinx of Geoffr oy,
or the Six-spot Burnet-moth (Zy, yyena)
filipendule) (Fig. 175), is common from|
the end of June till the beginning of
August. Its legs, antennz, head, and
e Fig. 175.—Six-spot Burnet-motn POdy are black and rather hairy ; its upper
a ASUTen a fNpen ez) wings are of a brilliant bluish green, with
six spots of a beautiful red on each, bordered by a little green.)
a The caterpillar is yellow spotted with black; its|
Ye cocoon is boat-shaped, with longitudinal furrows,
and is straw colour (Fig. 176).
Next to Zygena comes Procris, a species which
fly during the day in fields. | We will mention par-
ticularly the Procris statices (Fig. 177), which is
plentiful enough where it occurs between the middle
of June and the middle of July, on the sides of
hills.. Its fore wings, antenn, and the whole of its
body, are of a blue green above. The same wings
are of the same colour below, and the surfaces of
the lower ones are of an ashy brown.
The Sphinges, that is, those species that form the
“themes family of the Sphingide, have received this general
Mipendule. name from the attitude which their caterpillars
LEPIDOPTERA. 199
often assume. Raising the fore part of the body, which
attitude resembles the Sphinx of mythology, they keep for a
very long time this state of immobility. They fly very rapidly
=
|
=
AK
a —
Fig. 177.—The Forester (Procris (Ino) statices).
and briskly, and only make their appearance for the most
part after sunset. ‘The caterpillars, which in this group are
without hair, and have almost always a horn on the eleventh
segment of the body, metamorphose themselves in the earth, with-
out forming hard cocoons. The chrysalides are sometimes
enveloped in a very slight shell or cocoon, which when it exists
is formed of particles of earth, or of vegetable débris bound together
by threads. This family comprises species generally remarkable
for their size and beauty.
The genus Macroglossa contains some species which fly rapidly
and for a long time together during the day. We will mention
particularly the Humming-bird Sphinx (Macrog/ossa stellatarum).
This moth (Fig. 178) has attracted the attention of all who have
ever spent much time in a flower garden. In Burgundy the
children call it dird-fly. In passing from one flower to another
it has brisk and rapid movements; but it remains suspended in
the air before each. It does not alight upon any; it 1s always
flying, thrusting its long trunk the while into the corolla of
flowers, counterbalancing the action of its weight by the con-
tinuous vibration of its wings. |
We will describe in a few words this robust inhabitant of
the air, this charming bird-fy. The Macroglossa stellatarum
shows itself during the whole of the fine season, and till the
middle of autumn, in our climate. It often penetrates in the
middle of the day into our houses, and knocking itself against
wee =
‘
j
iy
200
the window-panes, falls an easy prey to children.
wings are of an ashy
THE INSECT WORLD.
Its front
ee
Fig. 178.—Humming-bird Hawk-moth (Maeroglossa stellatarum).
Fig. 179.—Caterpillar of Humining-
bird Hawk-moth (Macroglossa
stellatarum).
brown, of changing hues above, with
three black, transverse, undulating lines.
The lower, shorter than the others, are
of a rusty-yellow colour. All the wings
are yellowish below near the body, ferru-
ginous in the middle, and of a dark brown
at their extremities.
The body is long, brown, hairy, and
terminating in a tuft of divergent hairs,
reminding one of a bird’s tail. It is for
this reason that it has been called by the
French sphina moineau, or sparrow sphinx. This resemblance is
so great that Mr. Bates, in his book on the Amazons, says he often
shot species of this genus in mistake for humming-birds. The cater-
pillar of this remarkable Lepidopteron (Fig. 179) is of a pale green,
}
.
é
LEPIDOPTERA. 201
with eight transversal rows of small white dots and four longitudinal
rows, of which two are white and two yellowish. It has a dark blue
horn, with an orange coloured tip. It lives on different species of
Fig, 180.—Pupa of Macroglossa stellatarum.
| bedstraw, but by preference on the Gallium mullugo. Before its
/ metamorphosis, it encloses itself in a shapeless cocoon, made of the
| débrig of leaves held together by threads, and placed on the sur-
face of the ground. The pupa (Fig. 180) 1s of a light grey,
sprinkled over with brown dots, and striped with black. Its skin
is so thin and transparent that one can follow it through all the
phases of transformation to the imago.
The genus Deilephila is composed of species whose flight 1s
rapid, and after sunset. Such are the Deilephila euphorbia, the
Oleander Hawk-moth (Deilephila (Cherocampa) nerii), and the
large Elephant Hawk-moth (Deilephila (Cherocampa) elpenor).
The Deilephila euphorbie (Fig. 181) has the upper wings of a
reddish grey, with three
spots of greenish or olive
colour along the costa, or |
front margin, and abroad,
black, oblique band along
the hind margin. The
lower wings are red with
the base black, and a
transverse black band to-
wards the base; they have,
moreover, a large round
white spot on the inside.
3eneath the wings are red,
Fig. 181.—Deilephila euphorbiz.
as also is the body, which is covered
202 THE INSECT WORLD.
above with greenish hairs. This species is exceedingly rare here,
but is plentiful on the Continent during the months of June and
September.
The larva (Fig. 182) is one of the most remarkable of the
genus on account of the splendour and the vividness of its colours,
and appears to be covered with varnish. It has a number of small
yellow dots very close to each other ona glossy black ground, which
Ly
Fig, 182.—Larva of Deilephila euphorbie.
are ranged in circles. On each side of the body are two longi-
tudinal rows of spots generally of the same colour as the dots,
and a narrow band of carmine runs down the middle of the back,
and a similar band, which is intersected by yellow, is to be seen |
above the legs. This caterpillar is almost always found on the |
Cyprus-leafed spurge. It is found first at the end of June.
Generally the chrysalis passes through the winter, and the moth
emerges in the following year.
The Deilephila (Cherocampa) nerii (Fig. 183), or Oleander
Hawk-moth, is a charming species almost peculiar to hot countries,
where the shrub from which it derives its name grows spontaneously,
that is to say, in Africa, in the southern parts of Asia, in Greece,
in Spain, &c. Carried forward by its rapid flight, and assisted
by atmospheric currents, these beautiful insects sometimes come
accidentally into the countries of central Europe. They have
been met with many times in Paris, in the garden of the
Luxembourg, where the Oleander is cultivated under glass. But
those which are hatched in the environs of Paris never reproduce
their species, on account of the coldness of the climate. Both
larva and imago, the former on Periwinkle, have occurred here.
It abounds in the south of France.
LEPIDOPTERA. 203
The caterpillar of this species (Fig. 18+) is one of those called
by the French Cochonnes, because their two first rings, which are
4
(
it
|
i
i]
i}
t
|
Fig. 183.—Deilephila (Chierocampa) neril. a
‘
retractile and drawn back under the third when the insect is at cn
wr |
ya
Fut
Fic. 184.—Larva of Deilephila (Cherocampa) neril.
rest, taper in such a way as to resemble the snout of a pig, hence
a
204 THE INSECT WORLD.
the English name “ Elephant,”’ when they change their place or
are engaged in eating. It is of a beautiful green, with white
stripes and dots on the sides, and marked on the third segment
with two large spots like eyes, of an azure blue, encircled with
black, and having white pupils. A short orange-coloured horn
rises at the extremity of the body. A few days before its trans-
formation, this caterpillar entirely loses its rich livery, it becomes
brown on the back, and of a dirty yellow on the rest of its body,
and constructs for itself a cocoon at the foot of the shrub on which
it lived, with débris of leaves fastened together with threads.
Fig. 185.—Pupa of Deilephila (Cheerocampa) nerii.
The cocoon contains a chrysalis (Fig. 185) of a hazel brown
delicately streaked with a darker brown, and with a very con-
spicuous black spot on each of its stigmata.
Fig. 186.—Deilephila (Cherocampa) elpenor,
The Elephant Hawk-moth (Deilephila ( Cherocampa) elpenor)
LEPIDOPTERA. 208
(Fig. 186) is not rare during the month of June. Its fore wings
‘are purple red, glossy above, with three bands, of a light
olive green; having at the base a small black spot. The inner
margin is garnished with white hairs. The hind wings are of
a dark rose colour above, with the base black, and the hind
| margin: bordered with white. The four wings are rose coloured
below, with the costa and the middle of an olive green ; the upper
| ones have their interior border tinged with a blackish colour. The
body is rose colour, with two longitudinal bands of an olive green
_———— 2
\\ Se Di SS
SN ENR SACNIN STI RINSE
Fig. 187.—Lurva of Deilephila (Cheerocampa) elpenor,
over the abdomen, and five diverging lines of this colour on the
thorax. The sides of the abdomen have along them a double
series of yellowish points.
The caterpillar of this sphinx (Fig. 187) is of a dark brown,
delicately striped with black. Two grey lines run down each side
of its body, and on the fourth and fifth segments are two black eyes
bordered by light violet. This caterpillar is found most often on
certain kinds of Epilobium, but will also eat the vine, fuschia, and
Fig. 188.—Pupa of Deilephila (Cherocampa) elpenor.
bedstraw. One must look for it in damp places, by streams and ponds,
from the end of July till September. It constructs on the surface
of the soil a shapeless cocoon with moss and dry leaves, which it
206 THE INSECT WORLD.
fastens together with some silky threads. Its pupa (Fig. 188), of
a yellowish brown, has short bristles on the rings of the abdomen.
The caterpillar possesses in the highest degree the retractile power
which has gained for certain species of this genus their popular
names. ‘The Privet Sphinx (Sphinx Ligustri, F ig. 189) has its
Fig. 189.—Privet Hawk-Moth (Sphine ligustri).
upper wings rather narrow, about two inches long, of a reddish
grey, and veined with black above, with the middle of a dark
brown, the inner margin with rose-coloured -hairs, and the hind
margin having two whitish flexuous lines running along it. The
hind wings are of a rose tint, with three black bands. The wings
are of a reddish grey below with a common black band. The
abdomen has black and rose-coloured rings above, and in the
middle a brownish band wholly divided by a black line.
This species is very common in all parts of Europe. One finds
it in gardens from June to September. Of all the caterpillars
of the genus Sphinx, this is the one which, by its attitude when
in a state of repose, most resemblés the sphinx of fable, from
which the genus has derived its name. It is of fine apple
green, with seven oblique stripes, half violet and half white,
placed on each side of its body, and three or four small white
LEPIDOPTERA. 207
spots prolong these stripes. The stigmata are orange, the head
Fic, 190.—Larva of the Privet Hawk-Moth (Sphinx ligustrt).
is green bordered with black. The extremity of the body is sur-
mounted by a smooth horn, black above, yellow below (Fig. 190).
Fig. 191.—Pupa of Sphinx ligustri.
This beautiful caterpillar is not rare. It lives on a great number
of trees and shrubs, but it is principally on the privet, the lilac,
and the ash tree, that it must be looked for. Three or four
days before it buries itself im the earth to change itself into a
chrysalis, its beautiful colours grow dim. During the months of
June and September is found the Convolvulus Sphinx (Sphinx
convolvuli, Fig. 192), with brown wings, and with the abdomen
striped with transverse bands alternately black and red. The cater-
pillar of this species, which presents a great number of varieties,
lives on many kinds of Convolvuli, but particularly on the field
species. It 1s generally rare here, but occasionally abundant.
It is in the genus Acherontia that the moth most known 1s
208 THE INSECT WORLD.
classed. We refer to the Death’s-head Moth (Acherontia atropos).
It is the largest species of Hawk-moth. This insect presents,
roughly marked out in light -ellow, on the black ground of its
thorax, a .uman skull. Thi. :unereal symbol, joined to the plain-
tive cry which this moth emits when frightened, has sometimes
=<
=e
“i Fig. 192.—The Convolvulus Sphinx (Sphinz convolvult).
bp inspired terror into the whole population of a country. The appear-
n ance of this moth in certain countries having coincided with
ng the invasion of an epidemic disease, some thought they saw in
“ this doleful sylph of the night the messenger of death. The
Acherontia atropos plays a great part in the superstitions which
are believed in by the country folks in England. One hears
it said in country places that this. ominous inhabitant of the
air isin league with the witches, and that it goes and murmurs
into their ears with its sad and plaintive voice the name of
the person whom death is soon to carry off. In spite of
its ominous livery, the Atropos does not come from Hades;
it is no envoy of death, bringing sadness and mourning.
It does not bring us news of another world; it tells us, on
LEPIDOPTERA. 209
the contrary, that nature can people every hour; that it was
her will to console them for their sadness, to grant to the twilight
and to the night the same winged enderers which are at once
the delight and the ornament of the hours of light and o. day.
This is the mission of science, to dissipate the 'thousands of
Fic, 193.—Death’s-head Hawk-moth ( Acherontia atropos).
prejudices and dangerous superstitions which mislead ignorant
people.
This moth has the front wings of a blackish brown colour, having
lighter irregular bands varied with brown and grey, above and
below. On the middle of the front wing there is a well-defined
white dot. The hind wings have two black bands, the upper
narrower than the lower one; the rest of the wing isa fine yellow.
The abdomen has likewise from five to six yellow and as many
black bands; in the middle is a long blackish longitudinal band.
This moth is not very rare, and may be found in autumn. Its
flight is heavy, and as we have said, the insect never flies till
P
210
THE INSECT WORLD.
after sunset. If caught, or when teased, it utters a cry which is
very audible.
The Death’s-head Hawk-moth would be a very inoffensive
being if it did not make its way into beehives, in order to steal
the honey, of which it is excessively fond. Itis to no purpose that
the bees dart their stings at the intruder, they only blunt them
against its thick skin, and soon terrified at its presence, disperse on
all sides.
The caterpillar of the Acherontia atropos (Fig. 194) is the
largest of all Kuropean caterpillars. It attains to as much as four
tTe> Xs
>
aw
Fig: 194 .—Larva of the Death’s-head Hawk-moth (Achere
and a half inches in length by e
is lemon yellow, which ch
From the fourth to the
laterally with seven oblique baz
ntta atropos).
ight lines in diameter. Its colour
anges into green on the sides and belly.
tenth ring inclusively, it is ornamented
ids of an azure blue, which are
tinted with violet, and bordered with white on the side. These
bands joining together over the back of each segment resemble so
it many chevrons placed parallel to each other. The body is, moreover,
LEPIDOPTERA. 211
dotted with black. At its extremity is a yellow horn, curved
back like a hook, and covered with tubercles. The head is green
and marked laterally with a black stripe. It lives chiefly on the
potato, and the Lycium barbarum, sometimes called the tea-tree,
Fig. 195.—Chrysalis of the Death’s-head Hawk-moth.
a shrub belonging to the Solanacee. It buries itself in the earth
to change into a chrysalis (Fig. 195) of a bright chestnut brown.
We will mention stillfurther, in the family of the Sphingide,
three species of the genus Smerinthus, which fly heavily and by
twilight.
The Lime-tree Hawk-moth (Smerinthus tilie, Fig. 196) has its
upper wings grey with some shades of green, and moreover, in the
—F i ay iy, =
¢
Fig. 196.—Lime Hawk-moth (Smerinthus tite).
middle of the wing, an irregular band of a brownish green colour,
The thorax covered with hairs is grey, with three green longitu-
P 2
212 THE INSECT WORLD.
dinal bands. The abdomen is also grey. The moth flies heavily
after sunset, and is found on the trunks of trees during the months
Fig. 197,—Larva of the Lime Hawk-Moth (Smerinthus tili@ ).
of May and June. The larva (Fig. 197) is glaucous green dotted
with yellow, and marked on each side with seven oblique
—- A — : :
= WS SES -~ =
: SS = =
——— Ss =
SSS SK =
————— = = . SS SS z = = =
= = = — ==
== = = S35 = = — =
= =) EE — ——
EEEZ= SS = S
= ——_— — 4 =A = =
— Ze zo = -
Ss AL de 5 - ——
SSS - = == SSS =
= SS SS —=—_
= SS SSS . ————
= ae (Ss = = ir SSN
VSS = SS.SSS=
See ——=> —— SS SS =
EEE SS ———_—== SS
— = = L——
SS \——} A
S j=
| Uj |
i Yel Mh | {| i
Fig. 198.—Eyed Hawk-Moth (Smerinthus ocellatus).
Jines of the same colours. Tis wrinkly horn is blue above and
yellow below. It is found on‘the lime and theelm. It buries itself
LEPIDOPTERA. 213
at the foot of the tree on which it has fed to change into a
: chrysalis without making a cocoon.
;
}
|
Fig. 199.—Poplar Hawk-Moth (Smerinthus popult).
We will content ourselves by here giving drawings of two other
Fig. 200.—Larva of the Poplar Hawk-Moth (Smerinthus popult).
species of the same genus: the Eyed Hawk-moth (Smerinthus
ocellatus, Fig. 198), which is not rare during the months of May
214 THE INSECT WORLD.
and sometimes August, the caterpillar of which lives on the leaves
of willows, poplars, and fruit-trees;-and the Poplar Hawk-moth
(Smerinthus populi, Fig. 199), whose caterpillar (Fig. 200) lives
on the poplar, the aspen, and sometimes on the willow and birch.
The division of Bombycina contains the largest of moths ; and at
the same time species of a middle and small size. These moths
take no nourishment, and live only for a short time, long enough
to propagate their species. They rarely fly during the day,
only showing themselves in the evening. The group is dispersed
over nearly all parts of the world, and may be recognised - by
the antennz generally being cut like the teeth of a comb in the
males, by their thick, strong bodies, and in the majority of cases
by their large head, by their wings more or less large, and by
their heavy flight.
In the Bombycina are found the genera Sericaria, Attacus,
Bombyx, Orgyia, Liparis, &e.
It is to the genus Bombyx that the silkworm belongs, that
celebrated insect called by Linnzus Bombyx mori, a name which
reminds us at the same time of its most ancient denomination, and
of the mulberry tree, on which these caterpillars feed.
M. Guérin-Méneville has called the silkworm “the dog of
insects,” for it has been domesticated from the most ancient times,
and has become deprived of great part of its strength in the
process. The moth of the silkworm can no longer keep its
position in the air, or on the leaves of the mulberry when
they are agitated by the wind. It can no longer protect itself,
under the leaves, from the burning heat of the sun and from
its enemies. The female, always motionless, seems to be ignorant
of the fact that she has wings. The male no longer flies; he flutters
round his companion, without quitting the ground. It ought, how-
ever, to be possessed in the wild state of a sufficiently powerful
flight. M. Ch. Martins found that after three generations reared in
the open air, the males recovered their lost power.
Before speaking of the different phases of the life of the silk-
worm and the rearing of this precious insect, we will say some-
thing about the origin and progress of the silk trade, one of the
most important branches of commerce in the South of Europe and
in the East. -
PLATE YJ.
\ ~
Pr t
“I
At each of these periods in the life of the silkworm may be
remarked a physiological fact to which has been given the name of
| | Jreze. When the silkworm has just moulted it eats little, but the
time very soon arrives when it does so with extr aordinary avidity.
It is indeed insatiable. The Jreéze of the last age is called the
| grande fréze. It takes place about the seventh day. During
Fig. 208.—Fifth age.
| this day worms, the produce of thirty grammes* of egos, consume
in weight as much as four horses, and the noise Nth their little
jaws make resembles that of a very heavy shower of rain. It is
at the end of this stage that the insect prepares the shelter in
which is to be ere about its metamorphosis into a chrysalis.
A little while tne this it ceases to eat, turns yellow, and be-
comes as transparent as a grape. It is now said to have reached
its maturity. Up till this moment the worm had never tried to
leave its litter. It lived a sedentary life, and never thought of
wandering away from its food. Now it is seized with an imperious
desire for changing its quarters. It gets up, it roams about,
and moves its head in all directions to find some place to cling
on to. It walks over everything within its reach, particularly
over those obstacles which are placed vertically. It aspires, not
to descend like the heroes of classic tragedy, but to rise. It is for
this reason that this period of the silkworm’s life has received
the name of the mounting or ascending season. It now looks for
a convenient place in which to establish its cocoon. Ever ‘y one
has remarked how the animal sets to work to accomplish its
task. It begins by throwing from different sides threads destined
for fixing the cocoon; this is what we call refuse-silh. The
proper space having been circumscribed by this means, the worm
begins to unwind its thread,—a continuous thread of about a
thousand yards long.
* One gramme = 15,4326 gr. troy.
Q 2
228 THE INSECT WORLD.
It has been calculated, let us say by the way, that forty thousand
cocoons would suffice to surround the earth at the equator with one
thread of silk. Folded on itself almost like a horse-shoe, the back
inside, the legs out, the worm arranges its thread all round its body,
describing ovals with its head. It approaches nearer the points
of attachment. As long as the cocoon is not very thick, one
can watch it through the meshes of the web applying and fixing
its thread, still to a certain degree soft, in such a manner as
to make it contract an intimate adherence with the parts already
established.
“We can state,” says M. Robinet, “that the silkworm makes
every second a movement extending over about five millimétres,
The length of the threads being known, it follows that the worm
moves its head three hundred thousand times in making its cocoon.
If it employs seventy-two hours at this work, it is a hundred
thousand movements every twenty-four hours, four thousand one
hundred and sixty-six an hour, and sixty-nine a minute, that
is to say, a little more than one a second.”
About the fourth day, after having expended all its silk,* the
worm shut up in the cocoon becomes of a waxy white colour,
and swollen in the middle of its body. The abdominal legs
wither away; the six fore legs approach each other and be-
come black. The parts of the mouth tend downwards; the
skin wrinkles. Very soon it is detached and pushed down towards
the hinder part, and the chrysalis appears under the rents in
the skin. It is at first white, but speedily becomes of a brown
red.
The silkworm remains in general from fifteen to seventeen
days in the pupa state. At the moment of hatching, the moth
begins by breaking the little skin in which it is shut up, and which
is pretty thin. But how can it come out of the silky prison
which it has itself built ? To effect this it makes use of a peculiar
liquid contained in a little bladder with which its head is provided,
and which was discovered by M. Guérin-Méneville. It moistens
the cocoon with this liquid; with this it soaks through and
penetrates the whole thickness of the silken wall which confines
it. The threads of silk of which it is composed are softened,
* “Manuel de l’educateur du ver a soie,” por
SS ee =
LEPIDOPTERA. 229
and disunited, but not broken. The moth opens a passage for
itself through the threads thus separated, and makes its ap-
pearance in the light of day. Its wings are folded back on
themselves, and it is still quite wet, but it seeks immediately
| for a good place in which to ;
| dry itself, and in a little time
| assumes its final appearance
| (Figs. 209, 210). The female
: 210) has whitish wings,
the antenne only shghtly de- ey 26 3 ion NG a
ig. 209.—Silkworm Moth (Bombyz
veloped and pale, the abdomen mori), male, |
voluminous, cylindrical, and well filled. It is quiet, heavy, and
stationary. The male is smaller; its wings are tinged with grey,
its antenne blackish ; it moves about, beats its wings together,
and is lively and petulant.
After copulation, before laying her eggs, the female looks out
for a place suitable for this purpose. When she has found this
| place, she ejects an egg co-
| vered with a viscous liquid,
) which causes it to adhere to
| the body upon which it falls.
_ Very soon she lays a second
ego by the side of the first,
then a third by the side of
the second, and so on. She
very rarely piles them up on
-each other. The laying lasts se 7
about three days; the number pecu:. cee ee
of eggs is from 800 to 700 Pah lt ccraayi fecshtoodl Gist
| for each female. These egos are generally lenticular and flattened
| towards the centre. At the moment at which they are laid they
| are of a bright yellow. In a week they become brown. The
' colour changes then to a reddish grey; lastly it becomes of a
slaty grey, remaining this colour during the autumn, winter,
janda great part of the spring. Then as the temperature rises,
the colour of the eggs passes successively through bluish, violet,
ashy, and yellowish shades. And lastly they become more and
more whitish every day as the hatching time approaches.
re
;
|
eee = CSS S =
230 THE INSECT WORLD.
If looked at closely, one remarks a black spot and a brownish
crescent extending along the circumference. The black spot is the
head of the worm, which closely touches the shell ; the crescent is
the body, which is already covered with little hairs. When it
leaves the egg, the silkworm gnaws through the shell on its side,
never on its flat surface. When the opening is large enough, it
breaks out through it, head foremost, and immediately fixes a
thread of silk to any object it can reach, no doubt so as to pre-
vent itself from falling. Sometimes the opening is too small to
allow of the head passing out, and the larva is forced to come out
backwards, that is to say, tail foremost. At other times, not being
able to set its head free, the poor animal very soon dies of fatigue
and hunger.
We will now give a summary of the rearing of the silk-
worm, that is to say, of the attention which must be paid to
this insect that it may construct its cocoon advantageously. We
will call to our aid in this very rapid summary the works or
notices of MM. Robinet, Guérin-Méneville, Eugéne Robert, and
Louis Leclerc, and we must not forget the excellent and classical
Dandolo.*
When it is desired to rear silkworms—magnans, as they were
called in old French, and as they are still called in the patois of
Languedoc—the first thing to do is to obtain good eggs, good grain,
to use the technical word, and then to choose suitable premises.
The essential, the fundamental point, in the rearing, is to possess
premises in which the air is easily renewed. The worms should
have as much air as possible given to them without ever being
allowed to be chilled. There is no better means of attaining this
end than by keeping a constant open fire in a room, and by letting
air into the room from another chamber which separates it from
the open air. One has, in this way, the best workroom for a small
rearing.
In the workshop are arranged racks, by the aid of which are
re ast L’Art d’élever les Vers & Soie, par le Comte de Dandolo, traduit par Philibert
Fontaneilles.” In 8vo. Lyons, 1825. Robinet, “ Manuel de I’Education des Vers a
Scie.” In 8vo. Paris. Guérin Méneville et Eugéne Robert, “Manuel de l’éduca-
tion des Vers 4 Soie.” In 18mo, Paris. Louis Leclerc, “ Petit Magnanerie.’”’ In
18mo. Paris.
LEPIDOPTERA. 231
placed, at the distance of 50 centimetres from each other, frames
made of reeds. These frames or canisses, as they are called in the
Cévennes, may be from 1 metre to 1$ metre in breadth. They
should be placed in such a manner that one can easily pass
round them to place and displace the worms, and to distribute their
| leaves to them uniformly. They should be protected by a small
— maw
border of a few centimétres in height, to prevent the worms from
falling. And lastly, they should be covered at the bottom
with large sheets of paper. A provident silkworm-rearer has
always at his disposal a cellar or cool room, so as to be able
to stow away his leaves as soon as they are brought in from
the country.
What we have just said applies especially to a small rearing.
In large establishments, or even those of second-rate importance,
| everything is in advance of this, and mathematically regulated :
} aspect and arrangement of rooms, furniture of these rooms,
i
warming, ventilation, &c. So, for a rearing house for 300 grammes
of eggs, the building should be constructed in such a manner that
its front and back look east and west, to avoid any inequality in
the heat derived from the sun. It ought to consist of a ground-
floor, a very lofty first-floor, and of a very low roof. The
ground-floor comprises the chamber of incubation, the store-room
for leaves, and the air chamber with the grate intended for warmth
and ventilation. The first-floor constitutes the rearing room
properly so called.
But let us leave these grand industrial establishments, to
return to our rearing houses on a small scale, such as are found
among the peasants of the Cévennes. ‘They generally receive the
silkworms’ eggs before the end of the winter. In order to
preserve them till the hatching season, they are placed in thin
layers, in a piece of folded woollen stuff, which must be hung
up in a cool, but not a damp place, exposed to the north. As
soon as the buds of the mulberry tree begin to be partially open,
they proceed to the incubation of the eggs. They are spread
out on sheets of paper, in very thin layers, placed on a table in
a room having a southern aspect, and left thus during three or
| four days, taking care to prevent the rays of the sun from touch-
ing them. It is necessary also, from time to time, to open the
ae
= a
=y
s&= << Se? S23 o—
= . = =
232 THE INSECT WORLD.
windows. After three or four days, the fire ig lighted, taking
care not to have more heat than 13° Centigrade round about the
table which supports the eggs, and which should be placed as far
as possible from the fire. Each day the room is warmed a little
more, in such a way that the temperature is raised from 1° to 2°
a day, until 25° Centigrade of heat have been attained, at which
temperature it is to be.maintained when the eggs have reached
the last stage, and till the hatching is terminated. On the
first day few worms are hatched ; but the hatching on the second
day is very abundant, as also that of the third. Of these newly-
born worms two divisions are made, separated by an interval
of twenty-four hours. The worms which are born afterwards
are thrown away, unless they are so abundant that they can be
made a third batch of, which is to be mixed up with the second at
the period of the moult.
In the large rearing houses there is a special chamber for the
incubation. Various simple, convenient, cheap apparatuses, whose
main object is to create a permanent warm and damp atmosphere,
whose degree of heat can be regulated at will, have been proposed.
M. Louis Leclerc, in his pamphlet entitled “ Petite Magnanerie,”’
has given a description and drawing of a little box, which is very
useful for facilitating the hatching of eggs. We refer those of
our readers who wish for further information on the subject to
that work. As soon as the worms are hatched, the eggs are
covered with net, and over this are placed mulberry boughs,
covered with tender leaves, on which all the little worms con-
gregate. They are then lifted up with a hook made of thin wire,
and the worms are placed on a table covered with paper, leaving
a proper space between each. They are given, as their first meal,
tender leaves cut into little pieces with a knife. These are the
operations gone through for the two raisings of worms on the
second and third day of the hatching. During this first age
they give them from six to eight meals a day, taking care to
distribute their food to them as equally as possible. The first
meal is given at five o’clock in the morning; the last at eleven or
twelve o’clock at night.
When the moult is approaching, the young ones are put on to
boughs having tender leaves, so that they can be moved on litters
——
——————— OS SO ee
eee
LEPIDOPTERA. 233
as thin and as clean as possible, and go to sleep in a good state of
health. When the mass of worms is well awake again, the next
thing to do is to take them off the litter on which they moulted
and to give them food. If this problem were proposed to a
person strange to the operation which is now occupying our
attention—to separate the worms from the faded and withered
food upon which they are reposing, without touching them,—he
would certainly be very much at a loss what to answer.
The solution of this problem presented for a long time great
difficulties, and occasioned numerous reverses in the rear-
ing. Now-a-days, thanks to the employment of a net, the
délitement, or taking them off their bed, has become an easy
operation.
Over the worms, which cover a table, is spread a net, the meshes
of which are broad enough to allow them to pass through On
this net are spread the leaves which are to compose a meal.
PS
<
Pa
~ <
~<
<
a aad
7
(
ee
} |
i
3
te at
= ed ert,
ae ]
}
EERE
ee a
ele:
= >< ae
aay
\
4
rf;
}
|
;
ep <
>
Sas
as,
++ eles
te ee te
+e
—\ ate
+
XXKAKA| Cisat +
{ x \g aa x x S 1
| \ x x Xx iS Fibew se Coen Mean.
ab ie i ae x ta ee yh
POSS SOW * ge ap rel
fv < Ne C f meh / 5 cane ind
7 rae et AP ee Ts
ao a ue eee =~
Fig. 211,—Lozenge-shaped net. Fig. 212.—Square net. ,
The worms immediately leave the old food, and get on to the
new leaves. They then lift the litter with the worms, and
throw away the old leaves, now unoccupied, clean the table, and
replace the net with the worms. At the next délitement the first
net is found under the litter. Figs. 211 and 212 represent two
forms of these nets made of thread.
Thread nets, which were of great use, have been supplanted.
lately, with great advantage, by paper ones, which were invented
--—- = =
ae .
234: +: THE INSECT WORLD.
by M. Eugéne Robert. These are. leaves of paper, of a peculiar
manufacture, pierced with’ holes proportioned ‘to the size of the
worms which are to pass through them. The ‘paper net can be
used advantageously also for separating the worms that are too
near together, or, as they say, for the dédoublement. Formerly,
the délitement and the dédoublement were done by hand—a tedious
work, and one that presented serious disadvantages. Now-a-days,
as we have seen, the worms themselves undertake these two perilous
operations.
At the second age they still cut the leaves for the worms, but
into larger pieces, and proportioned to their size. During the
day, the temperature of the room ought to be kept to 21° Cen-
tigrade, but it may be lowered by 1° or 2° during the night.
Towards the end of this age they have only four meals. ~When
the worms are on the point of going to sleep, their meals are
decreased.
During tlie third age the number of the meals is kept to four,
the first being given towards five o’clock in the morning, and
the last between ten and eleven o’clock at night. The leaf is cut
into much larger pieces, and distributed as equally as possible.
The délitement and the dédoublement are proceeded with as in the
preceding age. One begins to find pretty often during this period
of the life of worms, some /wisettes, that is to say, worms which
have not strength enough to moult. They are larger than those
just woke up, and that have notas yet eaten, and are shiny. They
must be carefully removed, for they will not be long before they
die, and infect the air of the room.
During the fourth age they no longer cut the leaves, but give them
a great deal more at once. ‘The result is that the litters increase
in thickness, and that the délitement must be performed oftener ; for
the rest, four meals are always necessary. Many (uisettes may be
seen during the fourth age. The moult which follows the fourth
age is the most critical phase in the life of the silkworm. During
their sleep they are a prey to acute suffering, and are plunged
into a state of lethargy which resembles death. The dryest and
cleanest litters diffuse very soon a sickly smell. This moult
lasts from thirty-six to forty-eight hours. During this time the
room should be kept to at least 22° Centigrade.
cee =
A Silk-worm rearing Establishment.
| nett tinll | i}
Ne HN
\\\H\ Ki} Nn]
WAIT
ll
al
Sahl
LEPIDOPTERA. 235
When they have awoke out of this last sleep the attendant
should continually be on his guard, as it is then that diseases
' break out. The worms suffering from these different diseases
have received different names. There are besides the /uzsettes, the
| arpians, that is to say, worms that have exhausted all their energy
in the work of the last moult, and have not even strength to eat;
—the yellow or fat worms, which are swollen, of a yellowish
colour, and which very easily die. The //ats or mous, the soft or
indolent ones which, after having eaten a great deal and become
very fat, die miserably and enter into a state of putrefaction.
And lastly, it is at this age that the muscadine, which hardly
shows itself at any other age of the insect, appears with great
intensity.
The muscadine is a terrible scourge to the rearers of silkworms.
The losses which result from this disease in France are estimated
at at least one-sixth of the profits. No particular symptom
allows of our recognising the existence of this disease in worms
which, however, contain its germ. Only, the worm, which has
eaten up to that time as usual, appears almost in a moment to change
to a duller white ; its movements become slower, it becomes soft,
and is not long before it dies. Seven or eight days after its death
it becomes reddish and completely rigid. ‘Twenty-four hours
afterwards a white efflorescence shows itself round the head and
rings, and soon after the whole body becomes floury. This flour
is a fungus called Botrytis bassiana, of which the mycelium
develops itself in the fatty tissue of the caterpillar, attacks the
intestines, and fructifies on the exterior. This fungus has been
7 ea
5
f
———_ oe =
considered as the immediate cause of the muscadine, and has been
also regarded as the last symptom or end of the disease. The
communication of the disease by contagion has alternately been
| admitted and denied. As its true cause, and any efficacious
means of opposing it, are still unknown, the breeders of silk-
| worms must be content to apply, so as to prevent or struggle
| against this dreadful scourge, the precepts of hygiene: good
_ ventilation, excessive cleanliness, frequent délitements, and good
food properly prepared.
After the muscadine, we must mention another epidemic disease
still more terrible : the gattine. This disease shows itself from the
236 THE INSECT WORLD.
very beginning of the rearing, and increases in intensity at each —
age, so that the number of worms able to enter regularly into the
moult becomes smaller and smaller. We are still in a state of
utter ignorance as to the cause of this last affection, which has
occasioned, for the last ten years, incalculable losses in the rear-
ing houses, which threatens the silkworm with complete destruc-
tion, and which in the meanwhile has ruined the unfortunate
countries of the Cévennes, the principal seat of sericiculture in
France.
During the fifth age, the worms become large so quickly that
on the fifth or sixth day they are obliged to be moved away from
each other on the litter. The délitement must be made every two
days, or, indeed, every day now, on account of the enormous
amount of the excrement; and, at the same time, a good venti-
lation must be constantly maintained. The temperature of the
room should now be kept to 24°, without ever exceeding this
degree of heat. When it is perceived that the worms wish to
ascend or mount, there are placed on the tables, at certain distances
from each other, little sprigs of heather, or very dry branches
of light wood.
When the worms begin to mount into the heather, one must
encabaner, that is to say, form with these branches little hedges
5)
| UE
YL INN
i oT TTT
Fig. 213.—Sprigs of heather arranged so that the silkworms may mount into them.
curved back like a hut or cradle, the openings of which are,
on an average, seventeen inches or so (Fig. 213). At the
expiration of twenty-four hours, all the good worms have
mounted. The laggards who remain under the cabanes are
taken off by hand, and placed on a table, which is immediately
encabaned.
LEPIDOPTERA. 237
The cocoons spun on these branches of heather ought to be
large, heavy, and well-shaped. The good cocoons are regular ;
their ends are rounded and not pierced; and they are hard,
2 Cnt
mh
~~ TN
Hii : ! Hi
y {
BOTTA:
teuitpet (\\ >
i
ANNI
} <
6 ai
ey i
/ call
f
{ih
=
==
=
——
‘
=
—S
——>
== SS
=
yy) a
(
Fig. 215.—Cocoon of Bombyx mori,
Fig. 214 —Spherical cocoon
drawn in towards the middle.
of the Bombyx mori.
especially at their extremities, and have a fine grain. ‘These are
cylindrical. The best are drawn in towards the middle, or have a
concavity on either side of it (Fig. 215). Every one knows that
there are white and yellow cocoons. They are the produce of
different races of worms.
Commerce recognises two kinds of white silk: the first white
and the second white. The silk of the first white is produced by
the race Sina, the cocoons of which are of a perfect and azured.
white. They produce the most beautiful and most precious silk,
and serve for the fabrication of light and delicate coloured tissues.
The silk of the second white is furnished by two races: the
Espagnolet and the Roguemaure.
The races that produce yellow cocoons are more numerous than
the white ones. The yellow races are divided into three groups:
those that have small, middle-sized, or large cocoons. The first
and second are stronger, and more esteemed than the last.
The greatest number of the races of silkworms have, let us here
mention, white and yellow cocoons ; there are some, however, of
those whose cocoon is of a greenish white, or even quite green, or
238 THE INSECT WORLD.
of a reddish green. One race raised in Tuscany, near Pistoia,
has cocoons of a pale rose colour; and, lastly, mention has been
made of cocoons of a purple colour. |
me
eye ‘
\ \ \ G
a,
\\
Yd q
hi
Dy
Wan\
Fig. 216.—Larva, pupa, cocoon, and moth of Bombyx mori.
When the cocoons are completed, the people in charge of the
rearing establishments separate them from the heather and sell
them to the silk-spinners. But they must manage to get these
cocoons into a state in which they will remain entire during
LEPIDOPTERA. 239
g long time. They must, in other words, kill the chrysalides,
\to prevent the cocoons being pierced by the moth. To kill the
j chrysalides so as to prevent the development of the imago 18
} an operation which is called the étouffage, or stifling.
| To effect this stifling, the co- ;
| coons are exposed to a high tem-
perature. Formerly, in the Cé-
-vennes, the cocoons were placed
in a baker’s oven, heated for bak-
ing bread. But they ran the risk
thus of being burnt, or of a certain
number of chrysalides remaining
alive. Now, to kill the chrysalides,
they make use of steam at LOOS
produced by water boiling in a
| vessel, and which passes through
wicker baskets filled with cocoons.
The rearer must also take care
at the time he gathers them, to
separate the cocoons which are
to provide eggs for the next year.
As the females are heavier than
| the male cocoons, they easily sort Fig. 217.—Apparatus for stifling the
_ them with a pair of scales. ee eee Gy
| To obtain the eggs or grain, the cocoons are fixed on sheets
of brown paper, covered with a slight coating of paste made
of flour. They are arranged in such a manner that the moths
shall find no obstacle when they come out of them, head fore-
most; and, on the other hand, that they may be able to reach
with their legs the cocoon which is opposite them, so as to
hang on to it, and to facilitate their exit from their own cocoon
(Fig. 218). The meal and female cocoons are pasted on separate
sheets.
It is from fifteen to twenty days after the montée or mounting,
and when the temperature of the rooms has been kept between
20° and 25°, that the moths begin to be hatched. As they appear,
| they are seized by their wings and placed on cloths stretched out
DARE SR Pe
aS Se
er eee Z
teeta er ee
Yt is:
A.
Q
is — =
aeigepasaad a
af 8 *
AON Set aT Ga
Ree SOE CAITR
ee ec)
Se ae
See
mre
ia
Ll
Gliameenemes Sata
3 MIZzz Zz 7AM A ZA
\
Ser a
VM
240 THE INSECT WORLD.
for the purpose, where they are left for about an hour, till their —
wings have fallen flat on their bodies. As soon as they have —
evacuated a red liquor, the
a I coi | i! males and females, which up
| ULOULL ULL LL I UL n999) to that time have been apart,
Hi Ut Ul CULL Ut 90 | are put together.
A UU AU UU) | After copulation, they
UOOCOOUD QUUUOD | again separate them. They
MUU UUOUL Ut Ub stick sheets of paper on
UOOOOOUC /| to screens, putting from
twenty-five to thirty females
on each sheet (Fig. 219).
eae ne == It is here the moths lay
Pig, 210 See of paper ni tows of oronens pe. their eggs! hay saectaate
paper, covered with eggs,
are then hung on wires, at a small distance from the ceiling of
a room having a northern aspect, which is never warmed. They
remain thus, exposed to
all variations of temper-
ature, till the return of
Ml =
an) =
Wiig
~
\
ENSZ SNS
BNENGNEN
MY MAY
the warm weather. We
will say a few words to
bring this subject to an
end, on the winding of |
cocoons and the spinning
of silk.
The winding of cocoons
is an operation which at
u
Fig. 219.—Sheets of paper stuck into screens, and inclined first sight appears very
for the reception of moths. : : aS
simple, but which is in
reality a difficult and delicate process. It requires unremitting
attention, great experience, and a delicacy of touch which can —
only be found in the fingers of woman, or rather, in the fingers
of certain women.
The woman who is spinning, stands before a sort of loom which
is called tour (Fig. 220). Under her hand is a copper containing
water, which she heats to the required degree by opening the tap
of a tube, which brings a current of steam. She plunges the
|
REET TT
ee
TMM
AUT
AULT ETT
MUNIN
Fig. 220.—Silk-winding Establishment.
= VHCERICH.:
242 THE INSECT WORLD.
cocoons into the hot water, and moves them about in it, to soften
the gummy substance which sticks the silken threads of the
cocoon together. Then she beats them, with a light hand, with a
small birch-broom. The threads of the cocoons get caught in the
extremities of the twigs of which the little broom is made, and the
workwoman seizes with her fingers the bundle of threads, and
shakes them about till she perceives that they are all single, and
in a fit state to be joined together.
Let us suppose that it is wished now to make up a drin or
staple by uniting together the ends of five cocoons. She chooses
five ends in the mass, makes of these a bundle, and introduces it
into the hole of a jiliere. She makes two staples (4r7ns) at once,
one on her right, the other on her left hand. She then brings
them together, she crosses them, rolls them, and twists them,
the one on the other, many times ; after which, she separates
them from above and keeps them well apart, making each of
them pass into a hook at a distance, from which they are going
to twist round into a hank, separately, on a wheel. The two
threads thus twisted are drawn close together, compressed, and
become one, getting round by rolling on each other, and being kept
in continual motion, drawn out as they are by the rapid motion of
the wheel.
The difficulty which the emptying the cocoon of its silk thread
presents, makes us understand what difhculties those manufacturers
must have met with who have lately attempted to extract from
the stalks of mulberry leaves a sort of silk. We will enter
into no details of the attempts which have been made to accom-
plish this object in our time, attempts which have, however,
been crowned with no success whatever. We will confine our-
selves to reminding the reader that these attempts are far from
being of recent origination, since they date back to as far as
Olivier de Serres, the father of French sericiculture.
In a little work published by Olivier de Serres, in 1603, under
the title of Cuezllette de la Sove, “The Gathering of Silk,” we find
a memoir entitled: La second richesse du Mirier qui se trouve en
son escorce, pour en faire des toiles de toute sorte, mon moins
utile que la soie provenant dicelui, “The second wealth of the
mulberry tree which is found in its bark, how to make of it cloth
a
ee leat «© tad
SSS
LEPIDOPTERA. 243
of all sorts, not less useful than the silk derived from this tree.”
Olivier de Serres proves in this memoir that the second bark or
liber of the mulberry tree contains a fibre capable of replacing
hemp or flax, and he describes the processes by which this may bé
obtained. The processes which had been proposed by Olivier de
Serres in 1603, were resumed in the Cévennes a dozen years
ago by M. Duponchel on the one hand, and on the other by
M. Cabanis,* who operated on bark instead of taking the whole
of the wood of the mulberry tree. But none of these attempts
have given any good results up to the present moment.
The various diseases which, for the last fifteen years, have
been so fatal to the mulberry silkworm, have suggested the idea
of acclimatising in Europe other silk-producing Bombyces, if not
with the view of superseding, at least as auxiliaries to the mul-
berry species. The genus Aftacus has furnished these auxiliaries.
Among the species which have, in this respect, the greatest
claims to our attention, we must place in the first rank those
which feed upon the leaves of the oak tree. Indeed, the trees
which can be made use of for their cultivation are very numerous
in Europe, and, moreover, the silk produced by these worms appears
to possess superior qualities.
There are three oak-feeding species of the genus Attacus. They
are Yama-Mai, Pernyi, and Mylitta.
The silk of Yama-Mai is as bright as that of the mulberry silk-
worm, but a little less fine and strong, and occupies the first rank
after it. If we could succeed in acclimatising this species it would
supply any deficiency there might be in our crops of ordinary
silk.
The eggs of the Attacus Yama-Mai were brought from Japan,
where this worm is reared, conjointly with the mulberry silk-
worm, in 1862. The larve hatched at Paris, in 1863, were
green, of a great size, remained in that state eighty-two days,
and were easily reared. ‘Their cocoon resembles that of the
mulberry species. It is composed of a beautiful silk of a silvery
whiteness in the interior, and of a more or less bright green
on the exterior. The moth is very large and beautiful, of a
bright yellow colour, approaching orange.
* See our “ Année scientifique,” 7e année, p. 432.
Rez
244 THE INSECT WORLD.
We give a drawing of the Attacus Yama-Mai, taken from the _
plates which accompany M. Guérin-Meéneville’s memoir.* |
—_—
Awe
ns i \ wt
\y\
A
aay Ans
; £ AIK
f \
/ Vath
pale. |p a aie\\\\
aye ii, ea :
{ f
Fig. 221.—Larva of Attacus (Bombyx) Yama-Mai.
Fig. 221 represents the larva or caterpillar two-thirds natural
!
!
lt
|
|
Fig. 222.—Cocoon of Attacus (Bombyx) Yama-Maf.
size; Fig. 222, the cocoon, drawn on the same scale; and Fig. 223,
the moth.
In 1866, M. Camille Personnat published a very interesting
* Sur le Ver a soie du Chéne et son introduction en Europe. Extrait du Magasin
de Zoologie, 1855, No. VI.
[For an account of experiments conducted in England by Dr. Wallace, which
unfortunately were a complete failure as far as rearing the moth went, see an essay
by that gentleman in “The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London,’’
3rd series, vol. v. pt. 5. Longmans and Co. The results of an experiment which
give the greatest hopes of success, will be found in ‘The Entomologist’’ for
October, 1867.—Ep. ]
LEPIDOPTERA. 245
monograph of Yama-Mai, which may be consulted with profit by
both cultivators of silk and naturalists.*
Fiz. 223,—Attacus (Bombyx) Yaine-Mai.
Attacus pernyt yields a remarkably beautiful silk, fine, strong,
' and brilliant, which can be spun and dyed with great ease. The
tissues obtained from it partake of the qualities of ordinary silk, of
wool, and of cotton. This species of Attacus, which is reared on
the oak in Mandchouria, has given rise to great hopes in France.
| The cocoons and moths of this worm were exhibited for the first
Fig. 224.—Cocoon of Attacus (Bombyx) pernyi.
time at the Universal Exhibition of 1855. ‘They were reared by
M. Jordan, of Lyons, from some cocoons sent over from China by
* Le Ver A soie du Chéne (Bombyx Yama-Maz), son histoire, sa description, ses
moeurs. 8vo, avec planches coloriées. A Laval, a l’école de sériciculture.
ee a AN IIT LIRA EA
246 THE INSECT WORLD.
the missionaries. It is much to be desired that this species
may be acclimatised in Europe.
Figs. 224 and 225 represent, after drawings in the memoir
of M. Guérin-Méneville, already referred to, the cocoon and
moth of the Attacus perny?.
The silk which Attacus Mylitta produces is perhaps superior to
that of Pernyz. When the cocoons are properly prepared, the
silk can with ease be wound off from one end of them to the other.
This worm is found in various parts of Bengal and of Calcutta, and
also at Lahore, and its silk is exported in considerable quantities
Fig. 225.—Attacus (Bombyx) pernyi.
under the name of fusseh. Brownish stuffs are made of it in India
of firm and bright texture, which are used for summer clothing, or
for covering furniture.
Figs. 226 and 227 represent the moth and the cocoon of Aftacus
Mylitta after M. Guérin-Méneville.
In 1855, M. de Chavannes reared this species in the open air,
near Lausanne, in Switzerland. This treatment succeeded per-
fectly, without any degeneration, for many years. It, however,
died out at last, from the effects, perhaps, of too great a difference
in the climate, or from those accidents, still so little under-
stood, to which even the insects of our own country are sub-
ject. This was unfortunate, as this species is one of those
whose acclimatisation in Europe is the most to be desired, for it
would render great service to the cultivators of silk.
LEPIDOPTERA. 24:7
It remains for us to speak of two other species which are very
important, inasmuch as their domestication in Kurope is now an
ig, 226.—Atiacus (Bombyx) Mylitta.
. accomplished fact. We mean the Attacus or Bombyx of the Ailan-
thus, and also that of the Castor-oul plant.
Every one has heard of the Ailanthus silkworm (Adtacus
(Bombyx) Cynthia), whose acclimatisation in Europe has been
;
ig. 227.—Cocoon of Attacus (Bombyx) Mylitta.
materially assisted by the admirable and persevering efforts of
M. Guérin-Méneville.
The Ailanthus worm is a native of Japan and of the north of
China. It was brought over in 1858 by Annibale Fantoni, and
sent to M. Guérin-Méneville by MM. Griseri and Colomba, of
Turin. When it is nearly full-grown, it is emerald green, with
the head, the feet, and the last segment of a beautiful golden
yellow, and has black spots on each segment. ‘This worm, in
its full-grown state, is represented by Fig. 228; in the same
248 THE INSECT WORLD.
figure are also represented the eggs and the cocoon. ‘The moth
has the abdomen yellowish underneath, with little white tufts.
Its wings are traversed by a white band, which is followed exte-
riorly by a line of a bright rose; each wing is also marked with
a lunula or crescent-shaped spot.
In 1858 M. Gmérin-Méneville presented to the Académie
des Sciences of Paris the first moths and the first eggs laid in
France of the Attacus Cynthia. This able entomologist demon-
Fig. 228.—Eggs, larvee, and cocoons of Attacus (Bombyx) Cynthia.
strated very soon afterwards—Ist, that the caterpillars of this
insect can be reared in the open air, and with scarcely any cost
for management; 2ndly, that it produces two crops a year in the
climate of Paris and the north of France; 3rdly, that the cultiva-
tion of the Ailanthus or false Japan varnish tree, on which this
insect lives, is easy even in the most sterile soil.
ee a =
LEPIDOPTERA. 249
M. Guérin-Méneville showed still farther that azlantine, the
textile matter furnished by the cocoon of the Cynthia, is a sort of
floss silk holding a middle place between wool and the silk of the
mulberry-tree worm, and which, as it can be produced at scarcely
any expense, would be very cheap, and would serve for the fabri-
cation of what are called fancy stutts, for which ordinary floss silk
is now used. In 1862 M. Guérin-Méneville sent in a report to
the Minister of Agriculture on the progress of the cultivation of
the Ailanthus, and of the breeding of the silkworm, which was
reared in the open air on this tree. He mentions, in his report,
the rapid development of the cultivation of the tree in France,
the great number of eggs of the Ailanthus silkworm sold, the
toundation of a model silkworm nursery at Vincennes, and this
one great point gained, that they had found out the way of
unwinding the silk from the cocoons of the Cynthia in one
unbroken and continuous thread.
Till then European industry had only succeeded in drawing from
the cocoons of the Ailanthus silkworm a floss silk composed of
filaments more or less short, obtained by carding, and unable to
produce, when twisted, anything better than floss, that is to say,
refuse silk. It is to the Countess de Vernéde de Corneillan on the
one hand, and to Doctor Forgemot on the other, that the merit is
due of having obtained an unbroken thread of silk from the cocoon
of Attacus Cynthia.
A monograph on the Ailanthus silkworm appeared in 1866 under
the title, “ L’Ailante et son Bombyx, par Henri Givelet.”* It is
a complete account of all the results obtained up to the time,
both as regards the rearing of the silkworm and also as regards
the cultivation on a large scale of the Ailanthus, or false Japan
varnish tree.t
The Castor-oil plant silkworm (Attacus (Bombyx) ricini) is a
species very nearly akin to the Ailanthus worm, perhaps only a
variety, and comes from India. The silk which it produces is
* In 8vo, avec plans et planches coloriées. Paris, 1866.
+ A work by M. Guérin-Méneville on the same subject, entitled, “‘ Education des
Vers a soie de |’ Ailante et du Ricin,’’ in 12mo, Paris, 1860, may also be consulted.
[For a full account of successful experiments carried on in England, see Dr.
Wallace’s Essay in “ The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London,”’
3rd series, vol. v. pt. 2. Longmans and Co.— Ep. ]
—
=
== A
+= Se Ss
pan ot
pte
uh ®
wale
mqhey
pomerie
pp bie
jap POP
, pee
ey Hn
pyr
é
gh
331M
=
. -
SSE ;
250 THE INSECT WORLD.
very similar in every respect to that of the Cynthia. The rearing
of this worm could never attain to any great importance in
France, on account of the necessity there is of renewing the
plantations of the castor-oil plant each year. It would, however,
afford an additional source of income to the farmers in the south
of France, who cultivate the castor-oil plant with a view to sell-
ing its seeds, which are much used in pharmacy.
Nearly allied to the genus Attacus, which furnishes us with all
these precious auxiliaries to the mulberry silkworm, are a great
number of other species, both indigenous to Europe, and exotic,
big, 229.—Saturnia pavonia-major.
mostly remarkable for their great size, and a few of which are
common in this country.
Fig. 229 is the largest European moth, but never found far-
ther north than the latitude of Paris. Its wings are brown,
waved, and variegated with grey. Each of them has a large
black eye-shaped spot, surrounded by a tawny circle, surmounted
by one white semicircle, and by another of a reddish hue, the
LEPIDOPTERA. 251
whole completely enclosed in a black circle. ‘‘ These moths,” says
Geoffroy, “are very large; they look as if they were covered
with fur, and, when they fly, one is inclined to take them for birds.”’
Saturnia pavonia-major comes from a very large caterpillar,
which is of a beautiful green, with tubercules of turquoise
blue, each of which is surmounted by seven stiff divergent hairs.
This caterpillar lives principally upon the elm, but it feeds also
upon the leaves of the pear, plum, and other trees. It spins a
Fig. 230.—Emperor Moth (Saturnia carpint).
brown cocoon, formed of a coarse silk of great strength. It is not
until the following spring that it becomes a moth.
The Emperor Moth (Saturnia carpini, Fig. 230) much resembles
the above, except in size. This species is common in England, and
its green larva, covered with black or pink warts, from which spring
hairs as in the last, is by no means rare on heath in the autumn.
It also feeds on bramble and other plants.
Among the Aftaci foreign to Europe, we must mention Af/as
(Fig. 231), the expanse of whose wings exceeds four and a
quarter inches. This magnificent moth, one of the largest known,
comes from China.
The family Bombycide comprises many species which we must
not omit to mention.
252 THE INSECT WORLD.
The Lackey (Bombyx neustria), derives its name from the colour
of the caterpillar, which has longitudinal lines of various colours
‘oh r Fig. 231.—Attacus (Bombyx) Atlas.
nt anda blue head, These caterpillars live together on a great number
a4
|
| of our forest and garden trees, to which they do much damage. The
1 pare
pout
a por
ay 6%
H an
fo gen
ey)
qr
ate
wi po
Wee
Pit
=~
tars = =
-
Fig. 232.—The Lackey (Bombyz neustria).
moth (Fig. 232) has a brownish body, and wings of a more or less
tawny yellow colour, with two darker lines on the front wings.
°. . . = .
The Procession Moth (Bombyx processionea), is a small greyish
moth, the caterpillars of which live in numerous troops on oak
LEPIDOPTERA. 253
trees, and devour the leaves at the moment of their development.
In the evening these caterpillars come out of their common nest,
and form a sort of procession; hence their name Procession Moth.
“T kept some for a little time in my house in the country,” says
Réaumur. “I brought an oak branch which was covered with
them into my study, where I could much better follow the order
and regularity of their march than I could have done in the woods.
I was very much amused and pleased at watching them for many
) days. I hung the branch on which J had brought them against
} one of my window shutters. When the leaves were dried up,
r
i
ll nen sii ane ti ma
when they had become too hard for the teeth of the caterpillars,
they tried to go and seek better food elsewhere. One set himself
in motion, a second followed at his tail, a third followed this one,
j and soon. They began to defile and march up the shutter, but
| being so near to each other that the head of the second touched
| the tail of the first. This single file was throughout continuous ;
| it formed a perfect string of caterpillars of about two feet in length,
| after which the line was doubled. There two caterpillars marched
| abreast, but as near the one which preceded them as those who
were marching in single file were to each other. After a few rows
of our processionists who were two abreast, came the rows of three
abreast; after a few of these came those which were four abreast ;
then there were rows of five, others of six, others of seven, others
of eight caterpillars. This troop, so well marshalled, was led
by the first. Did it halt, all the others halted: did it again
begin to march, all the others set themselves in motion, and fol-
lowed it with the greatest precision. . . . That which went on in
my study goes on every day in the woods where these caterpillars
live. . . . When it is near sunset you may see coming out of any
of their nests, by the opening which is at its top, which would
hardly afford space for two to come out abreast, one caterpillar.
As soon as it has emerged from the nest, it is followed by many
others in single file ; when it has got about two feet from the nest,
it makes a pause, during which those who are still in the nest con-
tinue to come out; they fall into their ranks, the battalion is
formed; at last the leader sets off marching again, and all the
others follow him. That which goes on in this nest passes in all
the neighbouring nests ; all are evacuated at the same time.”
rere eee ee
254 THE INSECT WORLTI).
Oné part of Fig. 233 shows the arrangement of the caterpillars
on coming out of the nest, and in another part is shown a
different arrangement, in which each row has only one caterpillar
less than the one which preceded it. These caterpillars are fur-
nished with long hairs, slightly tufted, which come off with the
Fig, 235,—Larvee of the Procession Moth (Bombyx processionea).
ereatest ease, and which, if they penetrate into the skin, cause
violent itching. In 1865, a number of the alleys of the Bois de
Boulogne were shut up from the public, in order to save them
from this annoyance. ‘hese caterpillars construct a covering
common to them all, in which they live, and transform them-
selves therein, each insect making for his own private use a small
cocoon. This insect is said to have occurred in England, but there
is not sufficient evidence to admit it into our lists.
The Orgyias vomprise a great number of small species, of a
dark colour, which do a great deal of damage to our forest trees.
In September and October the male of the Orgyia antigua, with’
his tawny wings, may often be seen flying about the streets of
LEPIDOPTERA. 255
London. The female (Fig. 234) is remarkable, as she has only
the rudiments of wings, and only goes as far as the side of
Fig. 254.—Lhe Vapourer Moth (Orgyia antigua) male and female.
her cocoon. ‘The caterpillar of the Orgyia pudibunda, called
also the Hop-dog, attacks almost every sort of tree. When
Fig. 235.—Orgyia pudibunda.
the state of the atmosphere favours their propagation, they appear
in fearful quantities, and cause the greatest havoc. During the
a
256 THE INSECT WORLD.
autumn of 1828, in the environs of Phalsbourg, they were to be
counted by millions. The extent of the woods laid waste was
calculated at about fifteen hundred hectares. It is common in
this country.
Among the genus Liparzs, the species of which are also very
destructive to trees, we must mention the Brown-tailed Moth
(Liparis chrysorrhea, Fig. 236), a species by no means rare in
England. The caterpillars live in quantities, on apple, pear, and
elm trees, and destroy the plantations of the promenades of Paris.
The females of this genus tear off the fur from the extremity of
their abdomens to make a soft bed for
their eggs, and to preserve them from
the cold. And yet they are never to
see their young, for they die after they
have laid their eggs. Another tribe
of Lombycina contains species of a
Fig. 236.—Liparis chrysorrheea, small size, which are remarkable
from the habits of caterpillars which make, with foreign bodies,
cases, in the interior of which they live and undergo their meta-
morphoses.
The caterpillars of the genus Psyche, live in a case composed of
Fig. 239.—Case of Psyche rubicolella. Fig. 240.—Case of Psyche graminella.
Fig. 241.—Larva of Psyche graminella. Fig. 242,—Psyche graminella.
fragments of leaves, of bits of grass and straw, of small sticks,
pe He
rahe, |
Pry)
wale
aah
pew
|
Os
man
peg
Line
rm ial
he
an
gle
i fe
foie
iy
dei
UI
we
i) 4
ai
PLATE VII.
ui
so
\ Sins =
a Nt =a
me
\ x
ak
Neo
AAS
SiN
N
AY
. \\
We
ATE
\ \
\ \
Via
BAN
Waa
ree
The Goat-moth (Cossus ligniperda). Larva, pupa, and perfect insect.
1, 2. Perfect insect. 3. Pupa. 4. Larva.
Page 257.
LEPIDOPTERA.
bo
Gr
~I
of wood, or of little stones, stuck together, and intermixed with
silky threads.
We give a representation (in Figs. 237, 239, and 240) of the
cases of the caterpillars of three different kinds. The females of
these moths are completely destitute of wings and resemble cater-
pillars. As a general rule they hardly ever leave their case. The
males (Figs. 238, 242) are of a blackish grey and fly very swiftly.
The caterpillars of the genus Hepialus are difficult to observe,
as they live in the interior of the roots of various vegetables. Such
is the cémmon Ghost-moth (Hepialus humuli), which sometimes
causes the greatest damage.
The type of the genus Zeuzera is Zeuzera esculi, or Wood
Leopard (Fig. 243). It has white wings with large blackish
Fig. 243.—Zeuzera esculi.
blue spots on the anterior, and small black spots on the posterior
wings. The caterpillar, of a livid yellow, spotted with black,
lives in the interior of the trunks of a great many trees, princi-
pally the chestnut, the elm, the lime, and the pear tree. This
moth, which is known also by the name of coquette, is to be seen in
the evening flying about the public gardens of Paris, and is not
rare in England. The most celebrated species of the allied genus
Cossus is the Wood-boring Goat-moth (Cossus ligniperda). The
moth has a heavy brownish body and greyish wings streaked
with black. It is found in most parts of Europe. The cater-
pillar o af reddish colour, as if it had on a leathern jerkin,
disgorges a liquid which is believed to soften ligneous fibres, and
s
Ti
qe}?
gals
1 wey
pene
ue
agi
loge
, wy
;
wok,
pee
le
mat
| eal
aah
pei
pale
f penn
1 Pee
en
ql"
258 THE INSECT WORLD.
lives in the interior of willows and other trees. It was on this
caterpillar that Lyonnet made his admirable anatomical researches.
:
SE
SI jj
——
Sa eZ
=
SSS
|
———*<
+ FS Sees *
a
Fig. 244.—Larva of Dicranura vinula.
Another tribe of Bombyces comprises some very strange cater-
pillars, whose hindermost feet are changed into forked pro
longations, which they move about in a threatening manner.
These sort of fly-flaps are perhaps meant to keep at a distance
| those insects which would lay their eggs upon the caterpillar’s
body. The caterpillars of Dicranuras are of this kind. We give a
Fig, 245.—Dicranura vinula.
representation of the caterpillar and the moth of the Puss-moth
(Dicranura vinula, Figs. 244,245), as also the moth of the Dicranura
verbasci, the former of which is common in England, and the larva
LEPIDOPTERA. 259
may be found during the late summer and early autumn feeding
on poplars and willows; and of the caterpillar of Stauropus
Fig, 246.—Dicranura verbasci.
fagi, the Lobster-moth (Fig. 247), rare in this country, whose
“i YY fy)
< OG if /
a f
Fig. 247.—Larva of the Lobster-moth ( Stauropus fagz).
appearance is strange indeed. The moths, on the contrary, have
nothing about them remarkable.
-
| ee ~~ ae,
VON The
SQ A EQ, NY h
SY ree Vi
- a SSN RAZ, cA
wry Sy |
Fig. 248.—Noctua tegamon.
The Noctuina are a group of Lepidoptera of. middling size, and
s 2
}
+P SS teow
260 THE INSECT WORLD. |
generally found in woods, meadows, and gardens, where their
caterpillars have lived. They seldom fly till about sunset, or
during the night. Their upper wings are of a dark colour, with
Fig. 249.—Noctua nebulosa.
S
spots in the middle of a particular shape. Their lower wings are
of various colours, often whitish, sometimes red or yellow.
5 New
iY,
\" Xo.
oA
v
fay id
5 |
ng ne
\ "
oy PAN No Oa
Rees Wud
. RX
Fig. 250.—Noctua nusiva.
We give representations of some of the species of this group.*
Noctua tegamon, Fig. 248; Noctua nebulosa, Fig. 249; Noctua
nusivd, Fig. 250; Noctua brunea, Fig. 251; Catocala Jraxini,
Fig. 252; Catocala Americana, Fig. 253; Catocala paranympha,
* In England it numbers about three hundred species. The larve are of
diverse habits, but the majority feed on low plants; the moths are provided with
a trunk, and are very partial to sweets.—En.
i
or ei ni
i SSE
LEPIDOPTERA. 261
Peon. “Coins Feo 7 ORS
Big. 254; Catocala nupta, Fig. 255, the Red underwing; and
Erebus strix, Fig. 256.
Fig. 251. —Noctua brunea.
The bodies of these moths are robust and sometimes massive, and
are scaly rather than woolly. The thorax is sometimes bristling
with hairy tufts.
This genus includes eight hundred species, of which there are
Fig. 252. —Catocala fraxini.
about three hundred in France. The caterpillars of the Noc-
suina are smooth or very slightly covered with hair, usually
of a pale colour, and live on low plants, of which they devour, some
the leaves, others the roots; then it is they are most destructive to
, '
’ wots, ‘
t
pat
es
Ge
T)
cal
}
v;
‘
et
pene
la
wae
el
fd ti
FP se teow 4
noe
(urate
262 THE INSECT WORLD.
agriculture. ‘There are some of them which eat any caterpillars
they may chance to meet, and even those of their own species,
Fig. 253.—Catocala Americana.
leaving nothing but the skin. Some of them surround them-
selves with a light cocoon before becoming chrysalides, others
bury themselves in soft well-pulverised soil.
af AW
Lt A =s
eT AW \\
f 1] \\ \-
OY
Fig. 254.—Catocala paranympha.
‘The family of Geometrineg, or Geometers, comprises moths of
a middling size, and usually flying after sunset and during
the night.* They frequent the alleys of damp woods, where
they become the prey of the Libellule+ and other car-
* A few species fly in bright sunshine.—Eb. + Dragon-flies.—Ep.
LEPIDOPTER
A,
263
264 THE INSECT WORLD. :
nivorous insects. ‘Their bodies and abdomens are slender, their
wings large, thin, fragile, often of a dark colour, with brilliant
markings.
The caterpillars of the Geometrine are known by the name
of loopers or geometers. We have described their singular
organisation above. They are continually spinning a silken thread, —
which keeps them attached to the plant on which they live.
If you touch the leaf which supports them, they immediately let
themselves fall.
“Nevertheless, they do not generally fall to the ground,” says
Réaumur; “there is a cord ready to support them in the air
. (Fig. 257), and a cord which they can lengthen as they will;
eh, this cord is only a very thin thread, but has nevertheless strength
Bh enough to support the caterpillar (Figs, 258, 259). All that
Fig. 257.—Looper Fico. 258.—Seen Fig. 259.—Front Figs. 26 i
ray { J Be 200. &. 2079.— igs. 260 and 261.— i
heaping by its at the side. view. nee mre, ee
thread. ee
there seems to fear is, that the thread may lengthen too quickly
and the caterpillar fall, rather than descend gently to the
ground. But what we must first remark and admire is, that
the caterpillar is mistress of its movements, and is not obliged
LEPIDOPTERA. 265
to descend too quickly ; it descends by stages, it stops in the air
when it pleases. Generally it only descends at most about one
foot at a time, and sometimes only half a foot or a few inches,
after which it makes a pause more or less long as it pleases.” It
is in this way that the caterpillars let themselves fall from the
‘top of the highest trees. They remount again with no less ease.
Let us listen to Réaumur’s description of the means employed
by this caterpillar to descend from these heights. Figs. 260 and
261, drawn as the three preceding ones from the plates in Réau-
‘mur’s Memoir, help us to follow the explanation given by the
illustrious naturalist of the evolutions of our little acrobat :—
'“To remount,” says Réaumur, “the caterpillar seizes the thread
‘between its jaws, as high up as it can catch it; as soon as it
has done this it twists its head round, lays it over on one side, and
‘continues to do so more and more every moment. Its head seems
to descend below the last of the scaly legs which are on the same
|side as that to which it is inclined. The truth is, however, that
it is not its head which descends, the part of the thread which it
holds between its teeth is a fixed point for its head and for the
rest of its body: it is that portion of the back corresponding with
its scaly legs which the caterpillar twists upwards ; the consequence
‘is that it is the scaly legs and that part of the body to which they
belong which then ascend. When the last pair of legs are Just
over the teeth of the caterpillar, one of its legs, viz., that which
is on the side towards which the head is inclined, seizes the thread
‘and brings it over to the corresponding leg on the other side,
which is advanced to receive it. If the head then raises itself,
which it will not fail to do immediately, it is in order that 1t may
seize the thread at a higher point than that at which it seized it
at first, or, which is the same thing, the head, and consequently
the whole body of the caterpillar, is found to have ascended to a
height equal to the length of the thread which is between the
place where its teeth seized it the first time and that where they
seized it the second time. Here then is, so to say, its first step up-
wards. Hardly has the caterpillar taken this than it takes a second.
If you were to seize the caterpillar when it had arrived at
the end of its upward journey, you would see a packet of threads
huddled together between the four hindmost of the scaly legs.
266 THE INSECT WORLD.
This packet is more or less large according as the height ascended
by the caterpillar is greater or less. All the turns of the thread
which compose it are entangled. So the caterpillar does not con-
sider it of any value; as soon as it can walk, it gets rid of it, sets
its legs free, and leaves it behind before it has taken one or at
most two steps. Hach time, then, costs it the cord it made use
of to effect its ascent, but this is an expense it can always be at
whenever it likes; it has in itself the source of the matter necessary
for the composition of the thread,
and it is a source in which that}!
which was drawn off is being con-
tinually re-supplied. Moreover,
spinning the thread costs the}
caterpillars little; indeed, the |
loopers economise this thread so |
little that most of them leave it|
behind them wherever they go.”’
They are found on many trees, |
but particularly on the oak, whose |
foliage they often entirely devour.
They burrow into the ground to change into chrysalides, and
undergo all their metamorphoses in the course of the year. Others
do not become perfect insects till the autumn, or sometimes not even
till the following spring. A few assume the perfect state in winter.
There are, indeed, some of these, such as the males of the Hyder- |
mas, which fly about on the foggy evenings of November. The
females of this genus have either no wings at all, or else only
rudimentary ones. Two species, the Hybernia defoliaria, or Winter
Fig. 262.—Hybernia leucophearia, male.
Fig. 263.— Winter Moth (LHybernia Fig. 264.—Winter Moth ( Hybernia
defoliaria), male. defoliaria), temale.
moth, and the Cheimatobia brumata, abundant here, are very
common in the environs of Paris.
LEPIDOPTERA. 267
insects, that the females of these moths can easily be found at the
Fig, 265.—Cheimatobia brumata, male. Fig. 266 —Cheimatobia
brumata, female.
a
peginning of November, in a very strange place, namely, on the
jras lamps of the public pr omenades ; - for instance, along the roads
In the Bois de Boulogne. No doubt they had climbed up to this
peight, attracted by the light, or perhaps had been carried thither
by the males, which fly, ieabWe Willgs.
In February and March appear other analogous species. “ One
/ iinds,” says M. Maurice Girar d, “near Paris, in the meadows which
Jurround the confluence of the Seine and the Marne, at the end of
Fig. 267.— Nyssia zonaria, male and female.
he month of March, the Nyssia zonaria (Fig. 267), the males of
which insect remain during the day motionless on the grass.” *
There are some species of this family in which the wings of the
females are developed like those of the males.t Such are the
Peppere moth (Amphidasis betularia) and the Currant moth
* With us this insect has a very limited range, being only found at New Brighton,
rear Birkenhead, where it is most abundant.—Ep.
+ The exception is with those in which the wings are mot developed in both cases,
ind in England this peculiarity is confined to species appearing during the winter
und early spring.—Ep.
M. Maurice Girard says, in his work on the Metamorphoses of
|
268 THE INSECT WORLD.
(Abraxas grossulariata), whose caterpillar lives on the red curran
and gooseberry, and an immense number known as Thorns, Car)
pets, Waves, &c. :
The section of the Pyralina contains the smallest nocturna |
Lepidoptera, and nearly all those tiny species which flutter roun
our lights in the evening. | :
Here are some drawings of a few of the numerous species of thi)
section, remarkable for their small size and beauty :—Penthim
Fig. 268. —Penthina pruniana.
prunana, dia pusiella, Xylopoda fabriciana, Pedisca autumnana
Yortriz roborana, Philobacera tagana, Tortria sorbiana, Antithesia
Fig. 269.—Atdia pusiella. Fig. 270.—Xylopoda fabriciana.
= p g )
salicana, Peedisca occultana, Argyrolepia eneana, Sericoris Zinke-
nana, Sarrothripa revayana, Cochylis francilana, Choreutes dolo-
sana (Figs. 268 to 281).*
* Many of these are placed by some authors among the Pyralina, and by cthers
among the Tortricina.—Enp.
LEPIDOPTERA. 269
In a book of this kind we can only mention some types among
aese last insects, which claim our attention in what we might
Imost call a tyrannical manner. We will, therefore, content
urselves by saying a few words about the Green Tortrix, the
Fig. 271.—Pcedisca autumnana.
>yralis of the Vine, the Bee-hive moth, some species of the
Ylothes moth family (Tenezna), and finally of the Gicophore.
| The Green Tortrix (Tortrix viridana) has wings of a green
‘olour, with the margin and fringe whitish on the anterior, and of
a
MAW
\ \\ \ \ OK aS \ SN % ( ‘| \
YO \ RP RS eee
WIRE IM
Fig. 273.— Philobacera fagana. Fig. 274.—Tortrix sorbiana,
in ashy grey on the posterior wings. The under-side of the four
wings is of a bright white, as if it had been silvered. This
: ° °
ioretty moth comes out in the month of May. It 1s so common
; eer
everywhere, that at this season it is only necessary to shake
the branches of the oaks which border the alleys of the |
|
woods to set in motion hundreds of them. The caterpillar is
|
bo f
aah ’
; ia i
| ed
oil *
+
pene
to
pate
wale
aay |
=
i=-= SE
ia |
r if
270 THE INSECT WORLD.
green, with black warty spots, each having a hair of the same
colour. They are wonderfully lively, the moment they are dis-
turbed taking refuge in a rolled leaf, which serves them as a
dwelling place. If they are pursued, they let themselves fall by
Fig. 277.—Argyrolepia
zeneaha,
the aid of a thread, and do not re-ascend till they think they
can count on repose and security. ‘This, and many kindred species,
do a great deal of damage to our trees. They strip them of
their leaves, and sometimes give them, during the first days of
Fig. 278.—Sericoris Zinkenana. Fig, 279.—Sarrothripa revi ayana.
ton]
summer, the sad and melancholy appearance which they present.
in the middle of winter.
We have just alluded to the tube formed of a rolled leaf, in.
which the caterpillar takes refuge, and in which it lives. This.
Fig. 280.—Cochylis francilana. Fig. 281.—Choreutes dolosana.
tube it constructs itself. Réaumur has devoted a magnificent
chapter of his Memoirs to observations on the skill with which
divers species of caterpillars fold, roll, and bind the leaves of |
plants and trees, especially those of the oak. Let us listen to:
the great observer :—“ If one looks attentively at the leaves of the |
oak-tree towards the middle of the spring, many of them will be
seen to be rolled in different ways. The exterior surface of the
4
LEPIDOPTERA. 271
jend of one of these leaves has, it appears, been rolled back towards
ithe interior surface, in order to describe the first turn of a spiral,
which is then covered by many other turns (Fig. 282). Some
Fig, 282.—Oak leai rolled perpendicularly. Fig, 283.—Oak leat rolled sideways
eaves are rolled towards their exterior surface, others are rolled
sowards their interior surfaces, but in a totally different direction.
he length or axis of the first roll is perpendicular to the principal
‘ib and to the stalk of the leaf, the axis of the latter parallel to the
same rib (Fig. 283). Work of this kind would not be very difficult
i perform for those who had fingers ; but caterpillars have neither
lingers nor anything equivalent to fingers. Moreover, to have
tolled the leaves is only to have done half the work : they must be
retained in a position from which their natural spring tends con-
tantly to draw them. ‘The mechanism to which the caterpillars
have recourse for this second part of their work is easily perceived.
We see packets of threads attached by one end to the surface of
he roll, and by the other to the flat surface of the leaf. They are
;0 many bands, so many little cords which hold out against the
pring of the leaf. There are sometimes more than from ten to
iwelve of these bands arranged nearly in the self-same straight
ine. Each band is a packet of threads of white silk, pressed one
gainst the other, and yet we must remember all are separate.’’*
Réaumur made the oak-leaf rollers work in his house. He has
| * Mémoires pour servir a l’histoire des Insectes, tome ii., page 240 (Se Mémoire).
272 THE INSECT WORLD.
admirably described all their little mancuvres; but we lack the |
space to convey to the reader the result of his minute observations. |
In fact, the leaf-rollers construct for themselves a sort of cylin-
drical cell, which receives light only through the two extremities.
The convenience of this green fresh habitation is, that its walls
furnish food to the animal which inhabits it. The caterpillar, thus
sheltered, sets to work to gnaw away at the end of the leaf which
it rolled first; it then eats all the rolls it has made, up to the
very last.
Réaumur found also rolls which had been formed of two or three |
leaves rolled lengthwise, and he saw that the leaves which had |
occupied the centre had been almost entirely eaten. He saw also
Fig. 284.— Leaf of sorrel, a portion of which is cut and rolled perpendicularly to the leaf.
|
caterpillars which continued to eat while they were making their
habitation. Let us add that one of the ends of the roll is the opening
through which the caterpillar casts its excrement; that the cater- |
pillar can prepare itself a fresh roll, if it is turned out of the first ;_
and, lastly, that it is in a rolled leaf that the caterpillar undergoes)
its metamorphoses into a chrysalis and into a moth. |
Réaumur studied other leaf-rollers; for instance, those which
roll the leaves of nettles and of sorrel. This last one works in a
manner which deserves to be mentioned. _ Its roll is of no particular
shape, but it 1s its position which is remarkable. It is set upon the)
leaf like a ninepin (Fig. 284). The caterpillar has not only to
twist 1t up into a roll, but also to place it perpendicularly on v
leaf. ;
Next to the rolling caterpillars, let us mention those which are
contented with folding the leaves. These caterpillars then lie in a
sort of flat box. Besides the rolling and folding caterpillars, there:
are still those which bind up a good many leaves in one packet.
LEPIDOPTERA. 273
These packets are to be found on nearly every tree and shrub, and
the caterpillar, lying nearly in the middle of the packet, is well
sheltered, and surrounded by a good supply of food. We will
content ourselves by giving a drawing, after Réaumur, of the
IAs, Gf 4
\\ jig afi cl hi
\ WI bygeg
\ Li ip gy - iy
SSS Pca.
SS
SNe : =
SN
“The peasants,’ says Charles de Geer, “make these Locusts
bite the warts which they often have on their hands, and the
liquid which at the same time flows from the insect’s mouth into
the wound, causes the warts to dry up and disappear. It is for
this reason they have given them the name of Wart-bit or Wart-
biter.”
The Phaneropteras and the Copiphoras are exotic locusts. The
Ephippigers are small species whose thorax, which is very convex,
resembles a saddle.
One often meets in the environs of Paris the Vine Ephippiger
(Ephippiger vitium), which is greenish, with four brown stripes on
its head. In this species the wing cases or elytra are almost
obsolete, and the wings are reduced to mere arched scales whose
friction produces astridulation or screeching noise. The females are
provided with a similar apparatus, so that they perform duets.*
The genus Grillacris resembles the crickets. It contains the
Anostostomeé of New Holland, which are said to be destitute of
wings, even in the perfect state.
We arrive now at the redoubtable tribe of Acrydium, or Locust,
whose fearful ravages are so well known.
These are among the Orthoptera the best adapted for jump-
ing. The thigh and the leg, folded together when at rest,
are stretched out suddenly under the action of very powerful
muscles. The body, resting then on the tarsi and on the flexible
spines of the legs, is shot into the air to a great height.
They fly very well, but the power of walking and running is
denied to them, as it is also to the other Saltatoria. The females
have no ovipositor. This peculiarity, and the formation of their
antenna, which are very short, distinguish the Locusts from the
Grasshoppers.
The males, as we have already said, make a shrill stridulation
by rubbing their thighs over their elytra. There is never more
than one thigh in motion at a time; the insect using the right
and the left by turns. The sound is made stronger by a sort of
* The species of genus Saga sometimes reach extraordinary dimensions. Thus,
in 1863, there was found in Syria, after a shower of ordinary locusts, a specimen
of the Saga which was three inches and a quarter long. It was presented to the
Museum of Natural History of Paris, by M. L. Delair.
ORTHOPTERA. 301
drum filled with air, and covered with a very thin skin, which is
found on each side of the body, at the base of the abdomen. The
locust’s song is less monotonous than that of the grasshopper.
It is capable of much variation ; it is a noise just like that of a
rattle, but with sounds which vary very much, according to the
species. :
They move about by day, frequent dry places, and are very
| fond of sitting on the grass in the sun. Certain species, which
| inhabit the warm regions of the south, move their legs with
scarcely any noise; it being only perceptible to a very fine ear.
Locusts are very abundant in many parts of the world. In
| northern countries, where they multiply less rapidly, their ravages
| are less disastrous, though still very considerable. But in the
| southern portions of the globe they are a perfect pest—the eighth
| plague of Egypt. Certain species multiply in such a prodigious
Fig. 308.—Locust (Acrydium (A&dipodium) migratoriam).
manner, that they lay waste vast spaces of land, and in a very
short time reduce whole countries to the very last state of misery.
| These insects inflate themselves with air, and undertake journeys
‘| during which they travel more than six leagues a day, laying
Ԥ waste all vegetation on their road.
The most destructive species is the Migratory Locust (Acrydium
bor Aidipodium migratorium, Fig. 308), which is very common in
Africa, India, and throughout the whole of the East. Isolated
specimens of this insect are to be found in the meadows round
about Paris, especially towards the end of the summer, and, very
|
302 THE INSECT WORLD.
rarely, in England. This species is greenish, with transparent
elytra of a dirty grey, whitish wings, and pink legs. A second
species, the Italian Locust, also does a great deal of damage in the
south. All the species undergo five moults, which take six weeks
each. The last takes place at the end of the hot weather, towards
the autumn.
It is especially in warm climates that they become such
fearful pests to agriculture. Wherever they alight, they change
the most fertile country into an arid desert. They are seen coming
in innumerable bands, which, from afar, have the appearance of
stormy clouds, even hiding the sun. As far and as wide as the
eye can reach, the sky is black, and the soil is inundated with
them. The noise of these millions of wings may be compared
to the sound of a cataract. When this fearful army alights
upon the ground, the branches of the trees break, and in a few
hours, and over an extent of many leagues, all vegetation has
disappeared, the wheat is gnawed to its very roots, the trees are
stripped of their leaves. Hverything has been destroyed, gnawed
down, and devoured. When nothing more is left, the terrible
host rises, as if in obedience to some given signal, and takes its
departure, leaving behind it despair and famine. It goes to look
for fresh food—seeking whom, or rather in this case, what it may
devour !
During the year succeeding that in which a country has been
devastated by showers of locusts, damage from these insects is the
less to be feared; for it happens often that after having ravaged
everything, they die of hunger before the laying season begins.
But their death becomes the cause of a greater evil. Their
innumerable carcases, lying in heaps and heated by the sun, are
not long in entering into a state of putrefaction ; epidemic diseases,
caused by the poisonous gases emanating from them, soon break
out, and decimate the populations. These Locusts are bred in
the deserts of Arabia and Tartary; and the east winds carry
them into Africa and Europe. Ships in the eastern parts of the
Mediterranean are sometimes covered with them at a great dis-
tance from the land.
It is related in the Bible, in the tenth chapter of Exodus, that
Jehovah commanded Moses to stretch forth his hand to make
ee
ORTHOPTERA. 303
locusts (Arbeth) come over the whole land of Egypt, as the eighth
plague, destined to intimidate Pharaoh, who had rebelled against
Him. . These insects arrived, brought by an east wind, and covered
the surface of the country to such a degree that the air was
darkened by them.*
They ate up all the herbs of the field and all the fruit of the
trees which the hail (the seventh plague) had left. A west wind
swept them away again, when Pharaoh had at last promised to
allow the children of Israel to depart.
Pliny relates that in many places in Greece a law obliged the
inhabitants to wage war against the locusts three times a year;
that is to say, in their three states of egg, larva, and adult. In
the isle of Lemnos, the citizens had to pay as taxes so many
measures of locusts. In the year 170 before our era, they devas-
tated the environs of Capua. In the year of our Lord 181,
they committed great ravages in the north of Italy and in Gaul.
In 1690 locusts arrived in Poland and Lithuania by three
different ways, and, as it were, in three different bodies. “ They
were to be found in certain places where they had died,” writes
the Abbé Ussaris, an eye-witness, ‘lying on one another in
| heaps of four feet in height. Those which were alive perched
upon the trees, bending their branches to the ground, so great
) was their number. The people thought that they had Hebrew
letters on their wings. A rabbi professed to be able to read on
them words which signified God’s wrath. The rains killed these
insects: they infected the air, and the cattle, which eat them in
the grass, died immediately.”
In 1749, locusts stopped the army of Charles XII., King of
Sweden, as it was retreating from Bessarabia, on its defeat at
| Pultawa. The king thought that he was assailed by a hailstorm,
* “And Moses stretched forth his rod over the land of Egypt, and the Lord
brought an east wind upon the land all that day, and all that night; and when it
was morning, the east wind brought the locusts. And the locusts went up over all
the land of Egypt, and rested in all the coasts of Egypt ;.very grievous were they ;
before them were no such locusts as they, neither after them shall be such. For
they covered the face of the whole earth, so that the land was darkened ; and they
did eat every herb of the land, and all the fruit of the trees which the hail had left ;
| and there remained not any green thing in the trees, or in the herbs of the field,
through all the land of Egypt.’’—Exod, x. 183—16.
~ ep
304 THE INSECT WORLD.
when a host of these insects beat violently against his army as it
was passing through a defile, so that men and horses were blinded
by this living hail, falling from a cloud which hid the sun. The
arrival of the locusts had been announced by a whistling sound
like that which precedes a tempest ; and the noise of their flight
quite overpowered the noise made by the Black Sea. All the
country round about was soon laid waste on their route. During
the same year a great part of Europe was invaded by these pests,
the newspapers of the day being full of accounts relating to this
public calamity. In 1753 Portugal was attacked by them. This
was the year of the earthquake of Lisbon, and all sorts of
plagues seemed at this time to rage furiously in that unfortunate
country.
In 1780, in Transylvania, their ravages assumed such gigantic
proportions that it was found necessary to call in the assistance of
the army. Regiments of soldiers gathered them together and
enclosed them in sacks. Fifteen hundred persons were employed
in crushing, burying, and burning them; but, in spite of all this,
their number did not seem to diminish ; but a cold wind, which
fortunately sprang up, caused them to disappear. In the fol-
lowing spring the plague broke out again, and every one turned
out to fight against it. The locusts were swept with great
brooms into ditches, in which they were then burnt; not,
however, before they had ruined the whole country. Locusts
showed themselves at the same time in the empire of Morocco,
where they caused a fearful famine. ‘The poor were to be seen
wandering on all sides digging up the roots of vegetables, and
eagerly devouring camels’ dung, in hopes of finding in it a few
undigested grains of barley.
Barrow and Levaillant, in their travels through Central Africa,
speak of simuar calamities having happened many times between
1784 and 1797. They add that the surface of the rivers was then
hidden by the bodies of the locusts, which covered the whole
country. 3
According to Jackson, in 1739 they covered the whole sur-
face of the ground from Tangiers to Mogador. All the region
near to the Sahara was ravaged, whilst on the other side of the
river El Klos there was not one of these insects. When the wind
ORTHOPTERA. 305
blew they were driven into the sea, and their carcases occasioned
a plague which laid Barbary waste.
India and China often fall victims to these destructive insects.
| In 1735 clouds of locusts hid from the Chinese both the sun and
moon. Not only the standing crops, but also the corn in the
barns and the clothes in the houses being devoured.
In the south of France locusts multiply sometimes so prodi-
giously, that in a very short time many barrels may be filled with
their eggs. They have caused at different periods immense
damage. It was chiefly in the years 1613, 1805, 1820, 1822,
1824, 1825, 1832, and 1834, that their visits to the south of France
were most formidable.
Mézeray relates that in the month of January, 1613, in the reign
of Louis XITI., locusts invaded the country around Arles. In seven
or eight hours the wheat and crops were devoured to the roots
-over an extent of country of 15,000 acres. They then crossed
over the Rhine, and visited Tarascon and Beaucaire, where they
| ate the vegetables and lucerne. They then shifted their quarters
! to Aramon, to Monfrin, to Valabregues, &c., where they were
fortunately destroyed in great part by the starlings and other
insect-eating birds, which flocked in innumerable numbers to this
game.
The consuls of Arles and of Marseilles caused the eggs to be
collected. Arles spent, for this object, 25,000 francs, and Mar-
seilles 20,000 francs. 3,000 quintals of eggs were interred or
thrown into the Rhéne. If we count 1,750,000 eggs per quintal,
that will give us a total of 5,250,000,000 of locusts destroyed in the
egg, which otherwise would have very soon renewed the ravages of
which the country had so lately been the victim. In 1822 were
spent again, in Provence, 2,227 francs for the same object. In
1825 were spent 6,200 francs. A reward of 50 centimes was given
for every kilogramme of eggs, and half the sum for every kilo-
gramme of insects. The eggs collected were burnt, or else crushed.
under heavy rollers. The gathering was entrusted to women and
children. The operation consisted in dragging along the ground
ereat sheets, the corners of which were held up. The locusts came
and settled on these, and were caught by rolling the sheet up.
In the territory of Saintes-Maries, situated not far from Aigues-
Xx
306 THE INSECT WORLD.
Mortes, on the Mediterranean coast, 1,518 wheat sacks were filled
with dead locusts, amounting in weight to 68,861 kilogrammes, and
at Arles 165. sacks, or 6,600 kilogrammes. » The rewards given
amounted to 5,542 francs ; but, notwithstanding all this; the follow-
ing year the locusts caused still greater damage. }
Locusts are always to be found in Algeria, in the provinces of
Oran, Bona, Algiers, and Bougia, but they never commit those
terrible ravages which change cultivated countries into deserts.
There are in Algeria years of locusts as there are with us years of
cockroaches, of blight, of caterpillars, &c. These plagues. are
fortunately rare. The most terrible took place in 1845 and in 1866.
In the former year a formidable invasion of locusts took place. It |
tasted five months, from March to July, each day bringing new |
bands of these devastating insects; and M. Henry Berthoud, |
then in Algeria, saw a column of them, whose passage began |
before daylight, and had scarcely ended at four o’clock in the. |
afternoon. Doctor Guyon, doctor to the army, and corre- |
spondent of the Institute, addressed to this learned body an
account of a few peculiarities of this invasion, of which he was |
a witness. He speaks of a band which passed on the 16th of
March over the plain of Sebdon, going in the direction of the
desert of Angard. Their passage lasted three hours. The locusts,
having found nothing to devour in the desert, came back again,
and next day made a descent upon the plain of Sebdon, which
is 30 kilométres long, by 12 to 15 kilométres broad. In four
hours all the crops were deyoured, and all vegetation destroyed.
“The locusts,” says the Doctor, “left behind them an infectious
odour of putrid herbs, produced by their excretions.”
At Algiers, in the Faubourg Bab-Azoum, they penetrated in
masses into the barley stores, and there was the greatest difficulty
in driving them away, great barricades being raised before the
store-rooms to stop the invasion. In 1845 they penetrated into
the pits in which the natives preserve their wheat. According
to the report of the Commandant de la place of Philippeville,
M. Levaillant, a column of locusts alighted in the country round
about that town on the 18th of March, 1845, which extended —
from 30 to 40 centimétres, and the locusts were found heaped upon
the ground to the height of three décimétres. ‘
hice ea
ane ED
alain,
un
kis, | Ha bef
X Ha 5 i
f i Hi Pet MSS | uf
My yp S ye
b jim ==
MMA.”
bes
=
-_
m
ZB
2
S)
)
=
Cy
2)
aS)
~~
fo)
—
oO
<4
ORTHOPTERA. 307
In the environs of Algiers alone were destroyed, in 1845, 369
quintals of locusts. It is computed that four hundred locusts go to
a kilogramme. This gives, then, a total of 14,760,009 insects
destroyed. As in this number half were probably females, and as
each female lays on an average 70 eggs, the result we arrive at is,
that this stopped the production of 516,600,000 larvez on the terri-
tory of Algiers alone. The invasion of locusts which took place
in 1866 was as disastrous as that of 1845. It was in the month
of April, 1866, that the vanguard of these destructive insects
appeared. Debouching through the mountain gorges and
through the valleys into the fertile plains near the coast, they
alighted first on the plain of the Mitidja and on the Sahel of
Algiers. Their mass, at certain points, intercepted the hght
of the sun, and resembled those whirlwinds of snow which,
during the storms of winter, hide the nearest objects from our
view. Very soon the cabbages, the oats, the barley, the late wheat,
and the market-gardeners’ plants were partly destroyed. In some
places the locusts penetrated into the interiors of the houses. By
order of the government of Algiers the troops joined the colonists
in combating the plague; and the Arabs, when they found that their
interests were suffering, rose to lend their aid against the common
enemy. Immense quantities of locusts were destroyed in a few
days; but what could human efforts do against these winged mul-
titudes, who escape into space, and only abandon one field to alight
in the next ?
It was impossible to prevent the fecundation of these insects.
The eggs quickly producing innumerable larvae, the first swarms
were very soon not only replaced, but multiplied a hundredfold by
anew generation. ‘The young locusts are particularly formidable
on account of their voracity. These hungry masses threw them-
selves upon everything which was left by those which went before
them. They choked up the springs, the canals, and the brooks;
and it was not without a great deal of trouble that the waters were
cleared of these causes of infection. Almost at the same time the
provinces of Oran and of Constantine were invaded. At Tlemcen,
where within the memory of man locusts had never appeared,
the ground was covered with them. At Sidi-bel-Abbes, at Sidi-
| Brahim, at Mostaganem, they attacked the tobacco, the vines, the
5 las
—
==ee ee
a Se tae ee
Serer =
308 THE INSECT WORLD.
fig-trees, and even the olive-trees, in spite of the bitterness of
their foliage. At Relizane and at L’Habra they attacked the
cotton-fields. The road, 80 kilométres long, which connects Mos-
taganem with Mascara, was covered to the whole of its extent.
In the province of Constantine the locusts appeared almost
simultaneously, from the Sahara to the sea, and from Bougia to
La Calle. At Batna, at Setif, at Constantine, at Guelma, at Bona,
at Philippeville, at Djidjelly, the inhabitants struggled with energy
against this invasion, but neither fire nor any obstacles opposed
to the advance of this winged army were able to stop their
ravages. The French Government, to alleviate as much as pos-
sible the ruin which was thus brought upon the colony, opened a
public subscription at the end of the year 1866.
The negroes of Soudan endeavour to frighten the locusts ‘in
their flight by savage yells. In Hungary they employed for the
same object the noise of cannon. In the middle ages, for the
want of cannon, they exorcised the locusts. A traveller of the
sixteenth century, the monk Alvarez, relates that he also employed
exorcisms against an immense host of these destructive insects
which he met with in Ethiopia. When he perceived them, he made
the Portuguese and the natives form in procession, and ordered
them to chant psalms. “Thus chanting,” says he, “we went into
a country where the corn was, which having reached, I made them
catch a good many of these locusts, to whom I delivered an
adjuration, which I carried with me in writing, by me composed
the preceding night, summoning, admonishing, and excommu-
nicating them. Then I charged them in three hours’ time to
depart to the sea, or else to go to the land of the Moors, leaving
the land of the Christians. On their refusal of which, I adjured
and convoked all the birds of the air, animals and tempests, to dissi-
pate, destroy, and devour them; and for this admonition I had a
certain quantity of these locusts seized, and pronouncing these
words in their presence, that they might not be ignorant of them,
I let them go, so that they might tell the rest.” If one reflects
that on their arrival in the land of the Moors, these same locusts
were perhaps received by prayers which had for their object to
send them back to the land of the Christians, they must have
been very much embarrassed by such contradictory adjurations.
ORTHOPTERA. 309
The Arabs have also an infallible means of ridding themselves of
the locusts. Here is what General Daumas tells us on the subject.
According to Ben-Omar, the Prophet read one day, on the wings
of a locust, written in Hebrew characters: ‘We are the troops
of the Most High God; we each one lay ninety-nine egos. If we
were to lay a hundred we should devastate the whole world.”
Upon which Mahomet, greatly alarmed, made an ardent prayer,
in which he begged God to destroy these enemies of Mussulmans.
In answer to this invocation, the angel Gabriel told Mahomet
that a part of his prayer should be granted. Since that epoch,
indeed, words of invocation to the Prophet, written on a piece of
| paper, and enclosed in a reed, which is planted in the middle of a
| wheat-field or orchard, have the power of turning away the locusts.*
This receipt is infallible, at least so say the devout Mussulmans.
There exists another quite as efficacious. They take four locusts,
and write on the wings of each a verse of the Koran (four verses
of the Koran are appropriated to this purpose). They then let
the locusts thus marked fly into the midst of the swarm, and the
flying army immediately takes another direction.
By what the Arabs say, the locusts possess a number of virtues.
When you see them in a dream, they announce the future ; if you
dream that you are eating them, it is a good omen; if you dream
that it rains golden locusts, God will restore to you that which
you have lost, &e. When Omar-ben-el-Khottal was Caliph, the
locusts seemed to have completely disappeared. There was great
sadness in the country in consequence. The Caliph especially
was very much afflicted at it. He sent carriers into Yemen, into
Cham, and into Irak, to see if they could not find a few. One
of the envoyés succeeded in his mission, and brought back a
handful of locusts. ‘God is great!” cried Omar, who from
that day had no more misgivings. In order to understand first
the despair and then the satisfaction of the Caliph Omar, it is
written, so say the Mussulmans, that the human race will dis-
appear from the earth after the extinction of the locusts. That
these insects were formed of the rest of the clay out of which man
had been formed, and that they were destined to serve him as food.
* “Te Grand Desert,” par le Général E. Daumas et EH. de Chaucel, in 18mo, Paris.
1860.
310 THE INSECT WORLD.
And so locusts and fish are the only creatures which God allows
the Mussulman to eat without being skinned. They must, how-
ever, have been killed by one of the faithful, for otherwise their
flesh is impure! The Arabs eat, and are very fond of locusts.
When he was asked his opinion on this article of food, the Caliph
Omar-ben-el-Khottal said : “I only wish I had a basket full of
them, wouldn’t I scrunch them ! ”
According to General Daumas, locusts, fresh or preserved, are
good food for both men and camels. They are eaten grilled or
boiled, or prepared in the kous-koussou, after their legs, wings,
and heads have been taken off. Sometimes they are dried in the
sun, and reduced to powder, which is mixed with milk, and made
into cakes with flour, dripping, or butter and salt. Camels are very
fond of them; and they are given to them after having been
dried, or roasted between two layers of ashes. Dried and salted,
they are in Asia and in Africa an object of commerce. At Bag-
dad they sometimes cause the price of meat to fall. The taste of
their flesh may be compared to that of the crab. astern nations
have eaten locusts from time immemorial. The Greek comic poet
Aristophanes tells us, in the “ Acharnians,” that the Greeks sold
them in the markets. Moses allowed to the Jews four species,
which are mentioned in Leviticus. Saint John the Baptist, fol-
lowing the example of the prophet Amos, made them his food
in the desert, where he found nothing but locusts and a little
honey. The wholesomeness of this food was, however, disputed
among the ancients. Strabo relates that there existed on the borders
of the gulf of Arabia, a people called by him Acridophagi, or
Locust-eating people; but that they all came to a miserable end.
These people procured for themselves locusts by lighting great
fires, when the equinoctial winds brought these hosts. Blinded
and suffocated by the smoke, the locusts fell to the ground, and
were picked up greedily by them, and eaten, fresh or salted.
“These locust-eaters,”’ says Strabo, “are, it is true, active good
runners; but their life never exceeds forty years! As they
approach this age, a horrible vermin issues from their bodies,
which eats them up, beginning from the belly, and so they die
a miserable death.”” The same tale is to be met with in a descrip-
tion of Admiral Drake’s voyage round the world. This traveller
ORTHOPTERA. 311
speaks of the natives of Ethiopia, who live on locusts, as dying
eaten up by winged insects bred in their own bodies.
It is difficult to explain the origin of such fables. Travellers
who have visited Arabia agree in declaring that the locust is a
most wholesome article of food ; that it is even fattening. At any
rate, 1t is good food for cattle and poultry. The ancients employed
locusts mm medicine. Dioscorides asserts that the thighs of the
locust, reduced to powder, and mixed with the blood of the he-
goat, is a cure for leprosy ; and mixed with wine, is a specific
against the bite of the scorpion, &c.
It remains for us to describe some other species of grasshoppers
less destructive in their ravages than the Acrydium migratorium.
In the deserts of Egypt is to be met with the great Eremobia,
und in South America the Ommexa, which walks rather than
springs. On the other hand, the Tetrix springs very well. A
remarkable feature about them is their thorax, which is prolonged
into a point, and covers the whole body. They are small insects
of gay and brilliant colours, and generally remain on the leaves of
low plants, and escape easily from the hand that tries to catch
them. The Tetrix subulata, of a brownish colour, is common
during spring, in the environs of Paris, in the woods, and in
dry and arid fields. The Pnewmore are very strange insects.
The males have a very prominent abdomen, which resembles a
bladder, filled with air; and their wings are very much developed.
The females have the abdomen of the ordinary shape ; their wings
are very short, or even quite rudimentary. The former produce
a sharp stridulation, by rubbing their hind-legs against a row of
small tubercules, which are to be seen on each side of the abdomen.
The sound is rendered still more penetrating by the vesiculous or
bladder-lke abdomen, the skin of which is stretched as tight as
adrum, The Prewmnore inhabit the South of Africa, as also do the
Truxales, a few varieties of which, however, are to be met with
in Spain, Sicily, and the South of France.
We will pass in silence over a great number of other less in-
teresting species of Orthoptera. Those which we have described
suffice to justify us in what we said above, namely, that this order
contains insects of the strangest and most anomalous forms.
ee
HYMENOPTERA.
THe Order Hymenoptera comprises those insects which have
four naked membranous wings, lying in repose horizontally upon
the body, and intersected by a network of nerves. The name is
derived from two Greek words—iyfy, a membrane, and TTEPOV;
a wing. ‘The mouth is composed of two horny mandibles, jaws,
and lips adapted for suction.
It is amongst the Hymenoptera that we meet with the most
industrious insects, some of which seem to possess real intelligence.
These lttle animals offer the most admirable examples of socia-
bility. Born architects, they construct dwellings marvellously
contrived, which serve them, at the same time, as nurseries in
which to rear their progeny, and storehouses in which to lay by
their provisions. Nothing can equal the solicitude with which
they watch over their young larvae, still incapable of motion.
They form republics, governed by immutable laws, and make
war against their enemies in order of battle. They have predilec-
tions or antipathies for those who court their society, on account
of the material advantages they derive from them.
The Bees, the Humble Bees, the Wasps, and the Ants, are the
best known types of this order of insects. Among the greater
number of the Hymenoptera, the females are armed with a sting
or lancet, a wound from which causes great pain. All these
insects undergo complete metamorphoses. In the larva state
they are incapable of motion and of obtaining food; but nature
has provided in different ways for their preservation. They are often
lodged and fed by the workers of the tribe, unfruitful females,
which, with a self-denial very rare in nature, seem to have no other
HYMENOPTERA. 313
vocation than to sacrifice themselves to the welfare of the larvee.
The workers construct the nest and bring in the provisions. This
is the case with some bees, wasps, and ants.
Some deposit their eggs in the bodies of other insects, which die
immediately the larvee which live in them have attained their full
development. The larve of the Chalcidie and of the [chneumon fur-
nish examples of Hymenoptera which inhabit the interior of the body
of another insect. Other parasitical species carry on their depre-
dations in a different way. They content themselves with laying
their eggs in the nests of other species of the Order, which have the
advantage over them in being able to construct for themselves places
of refuge. Their larvee live thus on their neighbours’ goods, nourish-
ing themselves on the provisions which were laid up for others. In
this way live the Cleptes, the Chrysides, &c. Lastly, others, such
as the Gall-insects, and the Tenthredinete, or Saw-flies, live in their
first state exposed on plants, and feed upon their leaves. |
We shall only here describe the principal families of the Order
Hymenoptera, which contains a considerable number of species.
These families will be—1st. The Apzari@, containing the Honey
Bees; the Melipona, and the Humble Bees. 2nd. The Vespiaria, or
Wasps. 3rd. The formicariea, or Ants. 4th. The Gallicole, or
Gall-insects.
Brrs.—Man, from the very earliest age, before any civilisation
existed, knew the value of bees, and took advantage of the pro-
ducts of these industrious insects. The Bible makes mention
of bees. Their Hebrew name is Deborah. The Greeks called
them by the name of Melissa, or Melitta.
Their wonderful architectural powers, their economical fore-
thought, the wonderful combination of their reasonings, which
denote a real intelligence, their admirable social organization,
have in all times fixed the attention of naturalists, as they have
also that of poets and thinkers. Virgil has celebrated them.
In the fourth book of his Georgics, the Latin poet has summed
up all that the ancients knew about bees. He paints with a good
deal of truth many traits in their history, points out their enemies,
and sets forth with accuracy all the care that should be taken of
“m. In the words of the Mantuan poet, they are heavenly
aifts, dona celestia, and their intelligence excited his admiration :—
~~
has
o> =e
a
ss |
Se Se ©.
=
“7
wot
"
pee ‘
| Cote
; | ramite
: } inn Ih
; | eye
. vy
pom me
anim
whey
314 THE INSECT WORLD.
‘‘ His quibus signis atque heec exempla secuti,
Ksse apibus partem divine mentis, et haustus
Atthereos dixere.” ....
Let us hasten to say, however, that all which the ancients,
naturalists or poets, Greek or Latin, relate on the subject of bees,
is a mixture of truth and error, and rests generally on mere
suppositions. Aristotle knew well the three sorts of insects which
are comprised under the title of bees, and some other principal
facts relating to their history; but these facts are not stated
accurately and precisely in his account of them, and they are, above
all, misinterpreted. The Greek philosopher understood insects in
general very badly. He made them spring from the leaves of
trees, and brought forward a multitude of errors about them, which
the most simple observation would have sufficed to dissipate.
Pliny tells us that Aristomachus of Soles consecrated fifty-eight
years to the observation of the habits of the bee, and that Philiscus
of Thrace passed, for the same motive, all his life in the forests.
But this devotion to one object does not appear to have produced
much result, if one compares the discoveries of our own age with
the errors which Pliny, Aristotle, and Columella have chronicled
respecting them. Pliny says that bees occupy the first rank among
insects, and that they were created for man, for whom their
work procures honey and wax. He adds that they form political
associations, that they have councils, chiefs, and even a code of
morality and principles.
One sees by this opinion of the Roman naturalist in what high
esteem the ancients held bees. But they had the most singular
ideas on the reproduction of these little beings, and as no one
had ever seen their generation, they invented fable after fable
to explain their origin. Some pretended that bees sprang from an
ox recently killed, and buried in manure. Others added that they
only sprang into existence from the chest of a young ox killed
with violence. ‘The most courageous bees came from the belly of
a lion ina state of putrefaction. It was from the head of this
same animal, in a state of corruption, that the ings (i.e. the
queens) were formed. ‘The carcases of cows furnished the mild and
tractable bees; a calf could only furnish small and weak ones.
Other naturalists, or rather other dreamers, made these insects
HYMENOPTERA. 315
spring from the calices of sweet-scented flowers. Combined and
separated in a certain manner, the flowers engendered bees. They
said, further, that the bees sought on the blossoms of the olive trees
‘and of the reed a seed which they rendered fit for the formation
of their larve.
All these fables, which sprang from the imagination of the
ancients, were developed by a writer of the Renaissance, a certain
: Alexander de Montfort, author of a work entitled ‘“‘ Printemps de
|VAbeille.” If we were to believe him, the king of the bees is
formed of the juice which the workers extract from plants. These
latter are created from honey; and the tyrants, 7. e. the females,
| which do not manage to become sovereigns of a hive, are formed
only of gum. It will be seen that he had profited only too well
: by what he had read in Greek and Roman authors.
: The bee was very much thought of in ancient Egypt, and is
: often represented on their monuments, above the sculptured orna-
| ments which contain proper names, with two semicircles and a
sort of sheaf or fasciculus. Champollion Figeac thinks that this
‘group, taken together, represents a title added to a proper
name. According to Hor-Apollon, another commentator on
| Egyptian hieroglyphics, the bee in the country of the Pharaohs
| was the emblem of a people sweetly submissive to the orders of
‘its king. Nothing can be better than this comparison. It was
for this reason, no doubt, that Napoleon I. sprinkled the sym-
bolical bees over the imperial mantle which bears the arms of his
| dynasty.
All the fables, all the hypotheses, spread about and cherished
‘by the ancients respecting these industrious little insects, were
dissipated in a moment when, by the invention of glass beehives,
first made in the beginning of the last.century by Maraldi, a
mathematician of Nice, we were enabled to observe their opera-
tions and habits. It is from this period only that our exact
knowledge of the really wonderful life of these insects dates.
Before Maraldi, the Dutch naturalist, Swammerdam, had written
an excellent History of Bees. He died before he had published
his work, and when, a long while after his death, it was at length
printed, other investigators had already pushed on their observa-
tions further than he had. Thanks to the invention of Maraldi,
a
316 THE INSECT WORLD.
Réaumur, John Hunter, Schirach, and Francis Huber, had
unveiled, by their admirable researches, the wonderful habits of
these insects. The discoveries of Francis Huber seem to be almost
miraculous, when we remember that this observer was blind from
the age of seventeen.
Deprived of sight, Francis Huber did not the less wish to conse-
crate his life to the observation and the study of nature. He
caused the best works of his day on natural history and physics to
be read to him, his usual reader being his servant, named Francis
Burnens, a native of the Pays de Vaud. The honest Burnens took
a singular interest in all he read, and showed by his judicious
reflections the true talent of an observer, and Huber resolved to
cultivate this talent. Very soon he could place implicit reliance
in his companion, and see with another’s eyes as if they were his
own.
The two naturalists (we do not hesitate to give this title to the
poor peasant of the canton of Vaud, who so well seconded his
master in his long hours of study) conceived a host of original
experiments, which led them to discover truths which no one up
to that time had dreamt of. The results of their researches were
published, in 1789, in a volume which produced a profound sensa-
tion among naturalists.* Burnens was at a later period called
back to the bosom of his family, and invested by his fellow-citizens
with important functions. Francis Huber then continued his
observations through the eyes of the excellent wife he had married.
A second volume was thus composed by him twenty years after
the appearance of the first. This volume was published by his
son, Pierre Huber, to whom we are indebted for the admirable
researches concerning ants, of which we shall have to speak
further on.
We will now speak of the habits of bees. The labours of
Réaumur, of Schirach, and of Huber, have perfectly revealed them
to us, and have initiated us completely into the habits of these
precious insects, which are for us, to a certain extent, domestic
animals. We will begin by describing the Common Bee (Apis
mellifica).
* “Nouvelles Observations sur les Abeilles,’ par Francois Huber. Paris et
Genéve, in 8V°. 2¢ edition. 1814.
HYMENOPTERA. 317
During the greater part of the year the population of our hives
is composed exclusively of two sorts of individuals—the female, or
mother bee, called also the queen bee; and the working bees, or
neuters, which are, properly speaking, females incompletely deve-
loped. A third kind of individuals, the males, called also drones,
are generally not met with except from May to July.
The working bees are the people, the crowd, the servum pecus,
the living force, the bee community. They are
recognised by their small size, reddish brown
colour, and, above all, by the palettes and brushes
with which the hind-legs are furnished.
The three pairs of legs which are inserted in its 4... 399,-working Bee
(Apis mellifica).
| thorax are its tools. The two hind-legs are
|longer than the four front legs, and present on the exterior a
| triangular depression, resembling a padette, which is surrounded
| by stiff hairs, forming, as it were, the borders of a sort of basket,
: in which the insect deposits the pollen of flowers. The broadest
| part of the leg articulates with the tarsus, which is of a square
| form, smooth on the exterior, and having hairs on its interior
:
|
surface, which has caused it to be named the brush. The joint
is used for gathering the pollen; it folds back on the leg
(Fig. 310), and forms with it a sort of small pair of pincers; and, |
finally, the leg is terminated by five smaller articulations, the last
Fig. 310.—Leg of a Bee (magnified.) Fig. 311.—Trunk of a Bee (magnified).
i
=
ph
4
aan
falls |
sae
pene it
we)
wghe
a e
» # i)
|
poli i
'
aadlt
ate
318 THE INSECT WORLD.
of which is armed with hooks. The other tools of the working bee
consist of a pair of movable mandibles, which close the mouth on
its two sides, and of a trunk or proboscis (Fig. 311), which may
be considered as a sort of tongue.
With its mandibles the working bee seizes any hard substance.
The trunk serves it to collect the juice lying on the surface of
the petals, or at the bottom of the corolla of the flower. When
a bee has settled on a full-blown flower, it is seen immediately
to make for the interior of the corolla, put out its trunk, and
apply it to the petals; it lengthens it, shortens it, and twists and
bends it in all directions. When the hairy surface of this
organ 1s covered with vegetable juice, the bee returns it to its
mouth, and deposits its booty in a conduit, whence the juice
passes into its first stomach. This trunk is then, in all re-
spects, a tongue, with which the bee sucks, licks, and pumps up
the honey of flowers. But it also gathers the pollen. When
it enters a flower the bee covers itself with pollen from head to
foot, and then passing its brushes carefully over its whole body,
removes the dust which adheres to it in every part, and piles it
up on the triangular palettes of its hind-legs, in such a manner as
to form balls of greater or less size. If the flower is not quite full
blown, the bee makes use of its mandibles to open the anthers,
in which case the front pair of legs transmit the booty to the
second pair, which store them in the baskets of the third.
When it has gathered as much as it can carry, the bee returns
to the hive, its legs laden with pollen.
Fig. 312.—Male, or Drone Fig. 313. —Female, or Queen
(Apis mellijica). (Apis mellifica).
This complete set of tools which we have just described is only
to be met with among the working bees. The males or drones
(Fig. 312), larger and more hairy than the working bees, emitting
——— eS —— eeEeEEEE—eeeEeeEeEeEeEaEaE— eee —_———
HYMENOPTERA. 319
a sonorous and buzzing sound, have no palettes on their legs, the
hairs of their brushes are not appropriated to the work of oather-
ing, their mandibles are shorter, and they have no aculeis, or
sting, which is the working bee’s weapon.
The female, or queen (Fig. 313), is smaller than the male, and
has a longer body than the working bees, and the wings, shorter
in proportion, cover only the half of its body, whereas with the
other bees they cover it entirely. The only part she has to
play is that of laying eggs, and so she has no palettes and
brushes. The sovereign is, as suits her supreme rank, exempted
from all work. She is always escorted by a certain number of
working bees, who brush her, lick her, present honey to her with
their trunks, save her every kind of fatigue, and compose a train
worthy of her feminine majesty. One ‘very remarkable fact is
that only one queen lives in each hive. Perfect sovereign of this
tiny state, she rules over a people of some thousands of workers.
It is not rare to find twenty thousand working bees in a hive,
and all submissively obey their sovereign. The number of males
is scarcely one-tenth part of that of the working bees; and they
only live about three months. The workers represent the active
| life of the community.
———— Ee
Ee
“The exterior of a hive,” says M. Victor Rendre, “ gives the
best idea of this people, essentially laborious. From sun-rise to
sunset, all is movement, diligence, bustle; it is an incessant series
of goings and comings, of various operations which begin, con-
tinue, and end, to be recommenced. Hundreds of bees arrive
from the fields, laden with materials and provisions ; others cross
them and go in their turn into the country. Here, cautious
sentinels scrutinise every fresh arrival; there, purveyors, in a
hurry to be back at work again, stop at the entrance to the hive,
where other bees unload them of their burdens; elsewhere it is a
working bee which engages in a hand-to-hand encounter with a rash
stranger ; further on the surveyors of the hive clear it of every-
thing which might interfere with the traffic or be prejudicial to
health; at another point the workers are occupied in drawing out
the dead body of one of their companions; all the outlets are
besieged by a crowd of bees coming in and going out, the doors
hardly suffice for this hurrying busy multitude. All appears
ne
i Abby
, rot
polit it
t
pene,
| ae
4
i
pail
ai
| fala
pestit
pnik
wep hor
320 THE INSECT WORLD.
disorder and confusion at the approaches to the hive, but this
tumult is only so in appearance; an admirable order presides over
this emulation in their work, which is the distinctive feature in
bees.”’* A very simple calculation may serve to give us an idea of
this prodigious activity. The opening of a well-stocked hive gives
passage to one hundred bees a minute, which makes, from five
o’clock in the morning till seven o’clock in the evening, eighty
thousand re-entrances, or four excursions for each bee, supposing
there is a population of twenty thousand workers.
Let us now follow their occupations from the moment in which
they establish themselves in a hive. The workers begin by
stopping up all the openings except one door, which is always to
remain open. A certain number set out to look for a resinous and
sweet-scented substance ‘known under the name of propolis, which
is destined to cover the inner surface of the hive, as its nayae
shows, which is derived from a Greek word signifying out-skirts
or suburb. Huber asserts that it is gathered from the buds:
of plants. This substance has not yet been employed in the arts,
although it possesses the same qualities as wax, as M. de Frariére
remarks in his work on Bees and Bee-keeping.t The propolis is
employed in Italy for making blisters. This gum is viscous and
very adherent. The bee works it up into balls, and carries it,
in this form, to the hive, where other labourers take possession
of it. They seize the pellet with their mandibles, and apply
it to cracks which they have to make air-tight. They use
the propolis for another purpose still, which deserves to be men-
tioned.
It happens sometimes that an enemy penetrates into their
hive, and that the bees are not strong enough to cast this in-
truder out of their dwelling. What do they do? As soon as
they have discovered the invasion of their domicile, they set
upon the impudent intruder, and sting him to death. But
how can they drag out the dead body, which is often very heavy ?
Such, for instance, as a slug. On the other hand, it would be
dangerous to abandon its carcass in the midst of the hive.
A Roman Emperor said that the dead bodies of our enemies
* L’Intelligence des Bétes. In 18mo, Paris, 1864.
+ Sur les Abeilles et Apiculture. In 18mo, 2¢ edition. Paris.
:
: HYMENOPTERA. o21
always smelt good. This is not the opinion of the bees. They
know that if they abandoned the carcass in the hive it would infect
ithe place, to the great danger of their health. They therefore
jembalm it. They encase it in propolis, which preserves it from
putrefaction. It is said that the art of embalming was practised
for the first time by the ancient Egyptians. It is an error; the
‘first inventors of this art were bees.
| If, instead of a slug, it is a snail whose evil genius has conducted
it into the interior of a beehive, the proceeding is more simple.
‘The moment he has received one sting, the snail retires under the
protecting roof of his movable house. The bees thereupon at once
wall him in by closing the opening to his shell with this material.
The shell is then cemented to the floor of the hive, and the house
iof the poor mollusc, become its tomb, remains thus in the midst of
ithe. hive as a sort of decorative tumulus. When the sides of the
hive are well closed, the bees lay the foundations of their nest.
It was not formerly so easy to observe the details of the work
done by the bees as it is at the present day ; for these insects,
lonce in their hives, have a great aversion to the light. If they are
put into a glazed hive, their first care is to shut up all the windows,
either by plastering them over with propolis, or by forming, by
means of: the well-marshalled battalion of working bees, a sort of
living curtain. In order to be able to take them unawares, and
study them at his own convenience, Huber constructed a hive with
leaves, which opened like a book. Fig. 314, which represents the
hive with leaves, which is sometimes used, gives an idea of the
plan adopted by Huber in order to enable him at will to open the
hive and surprise its inmates. Huber had also recourse in cer-
tain cases to a glass cage placed in the interior of the hive, and
which he could easily move to the light.
Thanks to his ingenuity, Huber was able to follow the working
bees in all the various phases of their labours. When they begin
to construct their hive they divide the work among themselves.
A first detachment is employed to gather the wax, which is the
building stone of our little architects. It was thought for a long
time that wax was solely the pollen of flowers, elaborated in the
stomach of the bees, and then disgorged by the mouth. It was
reserved for a peasant of Lusac to be the first to discover the
re
oe
322 THE INSECT WORLD
true nature of this secretion. This observer, who did not belong
to any school, or at most belonged to Nature’s school, found the
flakes of wax sticking between the lower arches of the rings of
Fig. 314.—Beehive in leaves.
the abdomen or belly of the working bee. The wax, then, is pro-
duced by the insect by exudation, and is not simply the pollen |
Fig. 315.—Bee seen through a magnifying glass at the moment when the plates of wax appear between
the segments of the abdomen.
gathered from flowers. Huber himself states that bees exclusively
nourished on pollen do not secrete wax, and that, on the con-
trary, they do furnish it when they eat saccharine matter. It
HYMENOPTERA. 323
is easy to perceive the little plates of wax by slightly raising the
last rings of the bee’s abdomen. Fig. 315 represents a bee very
heavily laden with this matter.
The working bees suspend themselves from the roof of the
Fig. 316.—Clusters of Bees.
jhive in such a manner as to form, with the wax which they
‘secrete, festoons. The first clings to the roof with his front
legs, the second hooks himself on to the hind-legs of the first,
jand so on, as is shown in Fig. 316. They in this manner form
‘chains, fixed by the two ends to the roof, which serve as a
| bridge or ladder to the bees which join this assembly.
| The result of all this is at last a cluster or swarm of bees
which hangs down to the bottom of the hive. In this attitude
they remain at first motionless, waiting till the honey in their
stomachs is changed into wax. When the wax is sufficiently
elaborated in its organs, one of them detaches itself from the group
v2
324 THE INSECT WORLD.
of which it forms a part. It takes between its legs one of the
flakes of wax adhering to the rings of its abdomen, kneads it
with its mandibles, moistens it with its saliva, and gives it the
appearance of a soft filament, which it sticks on to a projecting
point of the roof. To this first layer it adds others, till 1t has
exhausted all its wax. Then it leaves its post, and returns to the
fields ; another worker, another mason, as they are sometimes called,
succeeds it, and continues the laying of the foundations. Presently
shapeless blocks of wax hang down from the roof. It is in these
blocks that other workers, with their mandibles, hollow out, and
form the first cells. While the workers continue to prolong the
foundation-wall, and whilst the first cells are being shaped, new
ones are roughly sketched out or rough hewn, and the work
advances with a marvellous rapidity.
Hach cell forms a small hexagonal cup, closed on one side only
by a pyramidal base, produced by the meeting together of four
rhombs. ‘The honeycombs are the result of two layers of cells
placed back to back, arranged in such a way that the bases of the
one become the bases of the other, the base of each little cell
being formed by the union of the bases of three opposite cells.
The bees begin by forming the base of the cell; they then add
the six sides, or walls, which are to complete the hexagonal cup.
At the same time, others set to work on the opposite side of the
comb, and construct little cells back to back with the cells of the
front surface. They do not finish them off at once. The walls
are at first very thick: new workers, who succeed those who
merely mark out the work, being occupied in planing down the
rough-hewn cells, and in reducing the walls to the desired thick-
ness. ‘This work is accomplished with an incredible celerity, for
the bees can build as many as four thousand cells in twenty-four
hours. There is a very good reason for the hexagonal form being
adopted by the bees in constructing their cells, as it involves a
question of economy, which these insects have solved in their most
admirable manner.
‘“When one has well examined,” says Réaumur,* “the true
shape of each cell, when one has studied their arrangement,
* “ Mémoires pour servir a l’Histoire des Insectes,’’ vol. v., p. 379.
HYMENOPTERA. 328
geometry seems to have guided the design for the whole work,
and to have presided over its execution. One finds that all the
advantages which could have been desired are here combined.
The bees seem to have had to solve a problem containing condi-
tions which would have made the solution appear to be difficult
to many geometricians. This problem may be thus enunciated :
given a quantity of matter, say of wax, it is required to form cells,
which shall be equal and similar to each other, of a determined
capacity, but as large as possible in proportion to the quantity of
matter which is employed, and the cells to be so placed that they
may occupy the least possible space in the hive. To satisfy this
last condition, the cells should touch each other in such a manner
that there may remain no angular space between them, no gap to
fill up. The bees have satisfied these conditions, and at the same
time they have satisfied the first conditions of the problem in
making cells which are tubes having six equal sides, or in other
words, hexagonal tubes. .. . . We see still further that the best
thing the bees could do to economise their space and materials,
was to compose their honeycombs of two rows of cells turned in
opposite directions.”’
This arrangement, it will be seen, enables them to economise the
half of the wax intended for making the bases of the cells. They
economise it still more by making the bases and the sides of the
tubes extremely thin ; the borders only of the comb being fortified
by an excess of wax. These two-sided combs descend from the
roof of the hive in parallel series, their thickness being about half
aninch. They are fixed to the top by a sort of wax foot, and
fastened to the sides by numerous bands. The bees pass between
the rows, besides excavating circular openings, which serve as
doors of communication. The form and the general arrangement
of these buildings are otherwise very varied, according to circum-
stances. ‘The bees always accommodate themselves to the nature
of the hive.
In all these operations they exhibit great judgment. It is
impossible, when one has once seen them at work, to look on them
as mere organized machines, whose instinct is their spring of
action ; we are forced to concede to them intelligence.
The cells are of three dimensions: the small ones intended for
ob
i
326 THE INSECT WORLD.
the larvee of the workers, the middling-sized ones for the larvae of
the males, and the large ones for the larvae of the queens.
Fig. 317.—Cells constructed by Bees.
These last, that is, the royal cells, are generally only about
twenty in number, in a hive containing twenty thousand bees.
Constructed of a mixture of wax and of propolis, resembling a
Fig. 318.—The cells of a beehive. A, large cells intended for the larve of the queens. B, middling-
sized cells intended for the larvee of the males. C, small cells intended for the larve of workers.
rounded thimble, they form tubes of half an inch long, turned
towards the exterior, and placed always vertically, in such a
manner as to appear detached from the comb.
|
HYMENOPTERA.
The weight of a royal cell is equivalent to that of a hundred
other cells. The bees spare nothing to make it comfortable and
spacious. “It is quite a Louvre,” says Réaumur.
But independently of their use as cradles, these cells serve as
store-houses for honey.
A few of these are used in turn for both these purposes, but
/a great number are reserved exclusively for stores of honey and
SS
pollen. This is brought, as we have already said, in the form of
pellets, in the baskets which the hind-legs form. The working
Fig. 319.—Interior of a hive.
bee, when it has gathered it, pushes it into the cell, pressing it in
with its hind-legs. Another then arrives, and kneads up the mass
'to make it adhesive. The bee brings the honey in its first
stomach, and disgorges it into one of the cells where it is to be
kept. However, it is not always by carrying its honey into a cell
| that the worker is relieved of it, often finding an opportunity to
deliver it on the way.
“When it meets,” says Réaumur,* “any of its companions
:
who want food, and who have not had time to go and get any, it
* +*Mémoires pour servir a |’ Histoire des Insectes,” vol. v., p 449.
i. >azee
Ss Se 3
=
pee,
| Sore
}
pap ity
jase |)
| mary
328 THE INSECT WORLD.
stops, erects and stretches out its trunk, so that the opening by
which the honey may be taken out is a little way beyond the man-
dibles. It pushes the honey towards this opening. © The other
bees, who know well enough that it is from there they must take
it, introduce the end of their trunks and suck it up. The bee
which has not been stopped on its road, often goes to the places
where other bees are working, that is, to those places where
other bees are occupied, either in constructing new cells, or in
polishing or bordering the cells already built; it offers them
honey, as if to prevent them from being under the necessity of
leaving their work to go and get it themselves.” :
The honey which fills the store cells is intended for daily con-
sumption, and also intended as a reserve for the period when the
flowers furnish no more. The empty cells are left open, the
workers making use of them when they want them, particularly
during rainy days, which keep them at home. But the cells
which contain the honey put by in reserve are closed. “ They
are,’ says Réaumur, “like so many little pots of jam or jelly,
each one of which has its covering, and a very solid covering it
is too.” ‘This covering, composed of wax, hermetically seals the
pots containing this reserve of honey. The object of this is to
keep the honey in a certain state of liquidity, by preventing the
evaporation of the water it contains. It is a remarkable fact that
it does not run out of those cells which are open, although their
position is almost always horizontal. This is because there are
always in the sides of these narrow tubes points enough to keep it
in, and that besides this the last layer of honey is alwaysof greater
consistency than the liquid in the interior, and upon which it
forms a sort of crust. .
When the harvest has been abundant, many combs of closed cells
may be found in each hive, perfect storehouses of abundance, fur-
nished for the wants of the bad season. When the construction
of the cells goes on well,—often on the day after the bees have
installed themselves in their hive,—the queen goes out to meet
the males. At the hour when these are accustomed to disport
themselves in the sun, that is to say, from noon till five o’clock,
she leaves the hive, whirls about for a few seconds, and disappears
into the air. At the end of half an hour she returns, pregnant.
HYMENOPTERA. 329
When the female returns to the hive, she is the object of every
attention, the workers pressing round her, and forming quite a
train. Many approach her, and lick the surface of her body;
others brush her, caress her, and present her their trunks full of
honey. Forty-eight hours after her return to the hive, the mother
bee generally begins laying.* Running over the honeycomb, she
deposits an egg in each empty cell, and fixes it to the bottom by
means of a glutinous secretion, in such a way that the egg is
suspended in the interior of the cell. They have the appearance
of little oblong bodies, of a bluish white. If the queen, in a
hurry to.lay, lets more than one egg fall into the same cell, the
workers who accompany her hasten to carry out and destroy
those that are in excess. This is often the case when the combs
have not enough cells to contain all the eggs laid. We have
said that the queen only lays worker eggs at this time; the others
are laid later. She continues to lay until the cold weather
approaches, when she ceases to do so, and does not reassume
her occupation until the return of spring. This laying is very
abundant. ‘The queen produces at least two hundred eges a-day ;
so that in the space of two months she lays more than twelve
thousand. Towards the eleventh month of her existence in the
perfect state, the queen begins laying the eggs which will produce
males, their number varying from fifteen hundred to three thou-
sand : the deposition of these eggs occupies about a month.
Towards the twentieth day, the workers lay the foundations of
some royal cells. When these cells have attained a certain
length, the queen deposits an egg in each, allowing, however, one
or two days to intervene between the laying of these privileged
eggs, so that the young queens to whom they are to give birth
should not be hatched all at the same time, which would cause
difficulties and even wars concerning the right of their succession
to the throne. This complication, human governments have not
been always able to avoid, as history shows; but the bees have
found out a way of doing so.
The distribution of the eggs in the cells is not left to chance.
Each egg, according to the sex to which it belongs, is deposited
in the cell which awaits it. The eggs of the females do’ not,
* Not invariably, the period is often longer.— Kp.
pee,
cio,
_
1
papi
ale
} ia
330 THE INSECT WORLD.
however, differ in any way from those of the workers. The diura
ence in their development depends entirely on the space and food
allowed them.
We represent (Fig. 320) a portion of a comb containing the
eggs placed in the cells, as also the royal cells. The regular
order of laying is such as
we have just described, but
the result is quite different
when the impregnation of
the queen has been re-
", tarded by an _ accidental
yy captivity of two or three
Mi) weeks. The longer this
|delay, the greater will be
the number of male eggs.
If the queen is shut up for
more than twenty days after
her birth, she can then lay
nothing but male eggs
during the remainder of her
existence. It seems, also,
! that this delay troubles her
Fig. 320.—Portion of the comb, with the eggs occupying intellect; for she then often
the cells. One of the royal cells has been opened by
the Queen. makes blunders as- to the
cells. She lays the eggs of the males or drones in the cradles
prepared for the queens, and thus brings confusion into the future
community.
The eggs, once laid, are left to the care of the working bees,
which Réaumur called the nurses, in opposition to the wax-
workers, which are employed in works of construction. According
to many bee-keepers, and especially M. Hamet,* this division of
duties is not positive. The young workers are the wax-workers ;
the old ones, collectors of honey, and nurses. However, when the
honey-harvest is at its height, all the workers collect the spoil.
Every individual is pressed into the service at the harvest-time,
as with men.
The eggs are not long in being hatched. From the moment
* “Cours d’Apiculture,” in 80, Paris, 1864.
a
HYMENOPTERA. 331
vith the larva comes out of the egg till that of its metamorphosis
into a pupa, the queen keeps in her cell, rolled up, motionless as
an Indian idol in its sacred temple. The working bees visit her
_ from time to time, to see that she wants for nothing, and to renew
_ her provisions. They also carefully inspect the different cells,
and assure themselves of the good condition of their
nurshngs. The pap which they give them as food
is whitish, and resembles paste made of flour. It
| is apparently a preparation of pollen, prepared in fig, 391, Tarva o
i . s the B aoni-
the body of the insect. As the larvae increase in fied). cupeus
size, their food is made to acquire a more decided taste of honey,
and to become even slightly acid. It seems, then, that the bees
| know how to graduate the food of their larvae: in such a manner
——
as to bring it nearer by degrees to honey.
In the space of five days, the larvee are developed; they have
absorbed all their pap, and have no need from that time of any
nourishment, for they are about now to change into pupe. Now
the nurses pay them a last attention. ‘They wall them up in their
cells, closing the openings with a waxen covering. The larve
EE eEe——E Eee
eee eee eee ee eee eee
then get close to the wax covering. In thirty-six hours they have
spun for themselves a silky cocoon, in which they undergo their
transformation into pup. The moult, which precedes their meta-
morphosis, coustitutes a crisis, as with the caterpillars of Lepi-
doptera.
The perfect insect is hatched seven or eight days after its trans-
formation into a pupa, the organs being developed little by little,
and the young bee is then ready to appear in the broad daylight.
It breaks through the thin transparent covering in which it is
still swathed ; then, with its mandibles, it pierces the operculum
or door of its prison, and opens a way for itself by which it can
issue forth. With the assistance of its front legs, it clings to the
rim of the cell, and draws itself forward, till it has set free the
whole of its body. The other bees lavish upon this newly-arrived
little stranger all possible attention to make its entrance into the
world easy and agreeable; assisting and supporting it till it has
become quite strong. It very soon becomes strong. If it isa
working bee, it is not long in getting to work and in mixing with
its companions in labour.
Ba
a
ay
4 ia
pai
"
aedindlt
| Ne
\ pape
wai
| marty
ems
, mee
332 THE INSECT WORLD.
This is the way in which the hatching of ordinary bees takes
place, workers and males; the first, twenty days after they are
laid; the second, twenty-four days after. The rearing and birth
of the young queens is slightly different. In proportion as the
larvee increase in size, do the workers enlarge the cells which
contain them; and then again gradually diminish their size as
the moment of their last metamorphosis approaches. A special
and peculiar food is given to the larvee of the queens; it is quite
different from that which is given to the larve of the working
bees, being a. heavier and sweeter substance. This special food
seems to exercise such an energetic influence on the development
of the ovaries, that simple workers which have accidentally re-
ceived any of it, during their larval state, become pregnant and
lay a few eggs. But this anomalous development remains imper-
fect, because the prolific food was only administered in a small
quantity. Besides which, the size of the cells is of great impor-
tance to the development of the larve imprisoned in them ; and
so the larvee of working bees having lived in the small cells, can
never attain the proportions of the queen, nor acquire her fecundity.
But all this is changed if these larvee are moved into the large
cells and fed on this royal pabulum; they then become veritable
queens. If, with us, the coat does not make the man nor the
frock the monk, it is.certain that with bees the cradle helps mate-
rially to make the queen.
When the queen through some accident or other has ReaeeD
the plebeian population of the hive very quickly perceive the mis-
fortune, and without losing time in useless regrets, apply them-
selves to repair their loss. They choose the larva of a working
bee, less than three days old, on which they bestow the treatment
suited to change it into a female. The workers enlarge the cell
of this grub by demolishing the surrounding cells, and administer
to it a strong dose of royal food to effect its transformation. This
marvellous metamorphosis is accomplished like those which one ~
reads of in fairy tales, where so many poor beggars are changed,
by a wave of the hand, into beautiful princesses, covered with gold
and precious stones. Only here the fairy tale is a true story ; the
poet’s dream a real phenomenon. According to Francis Huber,
the larva intended to produce a female has to change its posi-
HYMENOPTERA.
tion. The workers add then to its domicile a sort of vertical tube,
‘into which they push, and turn round the young grub, which is
ithe hope of the community. For twelve days a bee, a sort of body-
‘guard, has special charge of the person of our infant. It offers
it food, and pays it many other delicate little attentions. When
the moment for the metamorphosis has come, the orifice of the
|tube is closed, and the bees await the hatching of the new queen.
| Thus the loss of the queen is speedily replaced. The larvee of the
|} queens, when they are shut up in their cells, have the head down-
} wards, whilst the larve of the males have the head upwards. Their
i hatching takes place thirteen days after the laying of the eggs.
As soon as they have quitted their cradles, the young queens
fare ready to take flight. The others, workers and males, are
Hless strongly organized. Before they are able to take a part in
}the sports and labours of the old ones, they require a rest of
itwenty-four hours, during which the nurses lek them, brush
‘them, and offer them honey. But the young workers require to
| undergo no apprenticeship before they do the work which devolves
jupon them. They «go straight to their work, and suppress all
}apprenticeship. Nature is their guide and counsellor
| . When the hatching has begun, each day adds some hundreds of
young bees to the population of the hive, which is not long in
| becoming too small for the number of its inhabitants. It is then
‘that those curious emigrations of this winged people take plac
which are called swarms. The queen leaves the hive, with a part
of her subjects, and founds a new colony elsewhere. In the
climate of France the bees generally swarm in the months of
May and June. In the south, very thickly populated hives may
furnish as many as four swarms in a season; but in the north,
rarely more than one or two. But in. some years swarming does
not take place at all, for the want of a sufficient population. In
i such cases, the workers do not construct royal cells at the period
iwhen the eggs of the males are laid, and the swarming is put
off till the following spring. It occasionally happens that a hive,
although full of bees, cannot make up its mind to send out a
i swarm, and also that the hives thinly populated send out abundant
iswarms. ‘There are, then, other causes than the excess of popula-
tion which exercise an influence on this annual crisis in the life
334 THE INSECT WORLD.
of bees. The first swarm is always led by the old queen; if other
swarms succeed, it is the young females lately hatched who lead
the way.
There are many signs which announce that a swarm is going to
take place. The appearance of the males, or drones, is one of the
first signs. Another sign, but far from being infallible, is the
excess of the population in the common home. The bees seem
then to find themselves so ill at ease in their over-crowded hive,
that part of them go out and keep outside, either on the stand
upon which the hive is placed, or upon the hive itself. Crowds of
bees may be seen heaped up on each other outside, only waiting
for the signal cf departure. But the least equivocal of all the
signs, that which points out the event for the very day, says
Réaumur, is when the bees of a hive do not go into the country
in as great a number as usual, although the weather may be
favourable and seem to invite them to do so. ‘There is no sign,”
says Réaumur, “which points out so surely that a swarm is pre-
paring to take flight, as when in the morning, at those hours
when the sun shines, and when the weather is favourable for
work, the bees go out in a small number from a hive from which
they went out in great quantities on the preceding days, and
bring back only a little rough wax. The fact of their acting in
this manner seems to force us to concede to bees more intelligence
and foresight than many people are inclined to allow that they
possess; at any rate, it is exceedingly puzzling to those who
wish to explain all their actions by saying that they are purely
mechanical. Does it not seem proved that from the morn-
ing all the inhabitants of a hive have been informed of the
project which will be executed not before noon, or, perhaps, not
for some hours afteritP..... There is a well-known story of
an old grenadier who, being comfortably asleep while his comrades
were pitching their tents, answered to his general, M. de Turenne,
when questioned on the subject, ‘that he knen very well that
the army mould not remain long in the camp they were pitching.’
‘‘ All our bees, or nearly all, seemed to have forescen the move
that their queen was about to make, as that old soldier had fore-
seen the general’s order to his army.’”*
* “ Mémoires pour servir 4 I’ Histoire des Insectes,” tome v., p. 611.
HYMENOPTERA.
In a hive which is going to “ cast,” as it is called in technical
phraseology, there is often heard in the evening, and even during
the night, a peculiar humming. All seems to be in agitation.
Sometimes, to hear the noise, it will be necessary to bring your ear
| close to the hive; you then will hear nothing but clear and sharp
} sounds, which seem to be produced by the flapping of the wings of
one single bee. ‘‘ Those who know better than I do the language
| of bees,” says Réaumur, “have told marvels of these sounds.
a _ —- —_-
—
They pretend that it is the new queen that makes this noise,
that she is perhaps haranguing the troops she wishes to go with
her, or that with a kind of trumpet she animates them to under-
take the great adventure. Charles Butler, the author of ‘ Female
Monarchy,’ attributes to this noise quite another signification. He
says that it seems as if the bee which aspires to become queen
supplicates the queen-mother by lamentations and groans to grant
it permission to lead a colony out from the hive; that the queen
| does not yield sometimes to these touching prayers for two days ;
that when she does acquiesce, she answers the suppliant in a fuller
and stronger voice; and that when you have heard the mother-bee
grant this permission, you may hope next day to have a swarm...
Butler has determined all the modulations of the chant of
the suppliant bee, the different keys to which they are set, as also
those of the chants of the queen-mother. He pretends that it
is not allowed to those who wish to raise themselves to a superior
rank to imitate the chants of the sovereign ; woe betide the young
female if she should dare to do so, it would only be in a spirit
of revolt; and she would be immediately punished by the loss
of her head. The old-established queen does more than that: at
the same moment she condemns to death those bees which had
' been seduced.’* The true cause of this unusual noise is the
agitation of the wings of a great number of the bees in the
' middle of the hive.
It has been remarked that when about to swarm, the bees seem
as if mad. They lose their senses, the queen setting them the
example. Francis Huber has made the most curious remarks
on this subject. Here is, according to this immortal observer,
what goes on in the hive when an emigration is about to take
* ‘Mémoires pour servir 4 |’ Histoire des Insectes,” tome v., pp. 616, 617.
ee
a
we
336 THE INSECT WORLD.
place. The queen being angry at the noise which the young
females ready to be hatched are making in their cells, runs
about the hive, examines the cells, and endeavours to destroy
those which contain the females; but she meets with a very
firm resistance from the workers, who take upon themselves to
protect them. She endeavours here and there to lay an egg,
but generally retires without having done so. She runs, stops
short, sets off again, walks over the bodies of the workers she
meets; sometimes, when she stops, the bees near her stop
also, as if to look at her. They advance briskly towards her,
strike her with their heads, and mount on her back. She
then dashes off, carrying with her some of the workers. Not
one of them offers her honey; she takes it herself from the open
cells, which are for the use of the whole hive. They no longer
draw up in line on each side of her as she moves along, her
guard of honour no longer surrounds her; she seems fallen from
her high rank.
However, the first bees which were disturbed by her now follow,
running like herself, and spread alarm in their turn among
the rest of the population. The road which the queen has tra-
versed is to be recognised by the excitement which she has caused
on her passage, and which cannot now be calmed. Very soon
she has visited every corner of the hive, so that the fever has
become general. She now no longer lays her eggs in the cells,
but lets them fall anywhere at random. She seems to have lost
her wits.
The nurses in their turn are attacked with the contagion. They
pay no attention now to their charges. Those which return from
the country have no sooner entered the hive than they take part in
these tumultuous movements, and give themselves up to the general
excitement. Not even thinking of depositing the pellets of
pollen which they carry on their legs, they run about apparently
without aim. The delirium takes possession of the whole republic.
The end of all this is a general sortie. The whole hive, with the
queen at its head, precipitates itself towards the door, and issues
forth to create a swarm. Once in the fresh air, they become
quiet. Their madness subsides, and they fix themselves to a branch
of a tree, and having been captured, set to work again as usual.
HYMENOPTERA. 337
Francis Huber often remarked that, in a swarm which had started,
if the queen, who directed the flight, were seized and killed, im-
mediately all the bees would return to the hive. It would seem
that having lost their chief they acknowledged themselves inca-
pable of forming a colony.
A swarm never comes out except on a fine day, or to speak more
accurately, at an hour of the day when the sun is shining, when
the air is calm, and the sky clear. It is generally between ten
o'clock in the morning and three o’clock in the afternoon. “We
observed,” says Francis Huber, “in a hive all the signs which are
| the forerunners of a cast for a swarm,—disorder and agitation ;
| but a cloud passed before the sun, and quiet was restored to the
_ hive; the bees thought no more of swarming. An hour after, the
sun having shown itself again, the tumult recommenced, increased
| very rapidly, and the swarm set out on its journey.”’ *
SS Qn
SE
At the moment which precedes their exit, the buzzing increases
in the hive. Some of the workers go out first, as if to ascertain
the state of the atmosphere. The moment the queen has passed
the threshold, the emigrants follow in a crowd behind her; in
an instant the air is darkened with bees, which crowd together
and form a thick cloud. The swarm rises whirling round about in
the air; it poises itself for a few minutes over the hive, to allow
time to reconnoitre, and for the laggards to join, and then goes
| off at full speed.
The queen does not make choice of the place where the company
shall find shelter. When a branch of a tree has been selected
by a certain number, they fix themselves on it. Many others follow
them. When a great many have collected the queen joins
|the throng, and brings in her train the rest of the troop. The
group already formed becomes larger and larger every instant.
Those which are still scattered about in the air hasten to join the
majority, and very soon all together compose one solid mass or
clump of bees clinging to each other by their legs. This cluster
* In general, bees very much dislike bad weather ; when they are foraging in the
country, the appearance of a single cloud before the sun causes them to return home
precipitately. However, if the sky is uniformly dark and cloudy, and if there are
not any sudden alternations of darkness and light, they are not easily alarmed, and
the first drops of a gentle rain hardly drive them away from their hunting-
ground.
Z
338 THE INSECT WORLD.
(Fig. 322) is sometimes spherical, sometimes pyramidal, and
occasionally attains a weight of nine pounds, and may contain as
many as forty thousand bees. From this moment, although they
Fig. 322.—Cluster of Bees hanging to a branch,
are uncovered, they remain still. Ina quarter of an hour every-
thing becomes quiet, and the bees cease to hover about the cluster
more than round an ordinary hive. Now is the moment to take
possession of the swarm in a hive prepared beforehand to receive
it. If delayed too long, the troop flies off, and establishes itself
in some natural cavity, as the hollow of a tree, &e. The bees
then return to their wild state.
Under a warm climate where flowers abound, the hives may cast.
many times following. The first swarm, however, is always the
best. It is more numerous, and has before it more time to provision
itself. If the weather remains favourable, it is not rare to see
it send out a swarm itself three weeks after leaving the old hive.
The old queen then leads the emigration of the second swarm,
abandoning the colony she had lately founded. If the original
HYMENOPTERA. 339
hive sends forth many swarms, the interval between the first and
the second is from seven to ten days; the third and the fourth
‘follow at shorter intervals. But these late casts have rarely
vitality enough to exist long.
| A swarm never returns to a hive it has once left. I¢ is sur-
/prising then that a hive can furnish a second swarm after the
interval of a few days, without being too much weakened. But
'the old queen, in quitting her domain, leaves behind her a con-
isiderable quantity of eggs. These larve are not long in re-
\peopling the hive, so as to furnish a second swarm. The third
land the fourth casts weaken the population more perceptibly ;
Ibut there remain still enough workers to continue operations. In
some cases the agitation of the cast is so great as to cause all the
bees to quit the hive together, leaving it deserted ; but this deser-
tion only lasts an instant, one part of the swarm wisely returning
to their home.
All those which start away become members of the new colony.
When the general delirium we have spoken of has taken possession
of them, they precipitate themselves together, they pile themselves
up all at the same time by the door of the hive, and get so hot as
to perspire freely. Those which are in the midst of the mélée bear
ithe weight of the whole crowd, and seem. bathed in sweat. Their
wings become damp, and they are no longer able to fly, and even if
they manage to escape, they get no further than the stand, and
are not long in re-entering the hive, instead of following the main
body of the emigrants. We must not forget that a part of the
jpopulation, about one-third, is always out at those hours of the
jlay when the swarms take place, engaged in collecting provisions,
jand having collected the spoil, these workers return to the hive
ubandoned by the greater part of their companions, and betake
themselves to their usual occupations as if nothing had happened.
\hey form the nucleus of the new population, which is soon en-
arged by the hatching of the pups. We have already said that
he first swarm is always led by the old queen or mother, and
[hat it starts before the hatching of the young females. If she
aad not gone out before their birth she would have destroyed
hem, and the new hive would have been unable to reorganize itself
‘or the want of a chief.
Tee
340 THE INSECT WORLD.
The first swarm having set out, those bees which remain in the
hive pay particular attention to the royal cells. If the young queens —
make efforts to escape from them, their guardians watch them |
narrowly, and as the prisoners destroy their covers of wax the |
guards restore them; but, as they do not desire the death of |
the inmates, they pass in some honey through the opening before
they close it, so as to ameliorate their captivity. At the appointed
moment, the issue of the first egg laid quits her cradle. Very
soon she yields to the murderous instinct which impels her to
destroy her rivals, so that she may reign with undivided sway over
the community. She searches for the cells in which these are
shut up, but the moment she approaches them the workers pinch
her, pull her about, drive her away, and oblige her to move
on, and, as the royal cells are numerous, she finds with difficulty
any corner in her hive where she may be at rest. Incessantly
tormented by the desire of attacking the other females, and
incessantly driven back by the guard, she becomes very much
excited, passes through the different groups of workers at a run,
and communicates to them her agitation. She leads the inmates
of the hive the same sort of dance frequently in the course of
the day. |
Sometimes the young queen at the end of her attempts utters a)
shrill song, analogous to that of the grasshopper. ‘This song,
so unusual among these insects, has the effect of petrifying the
bees. So says Francis Huber, speaking of a queen which had
just been hatched, and which was trying in vain to satisfy her
jealous instincts. ‘She sang,”’ says he, “twice. When we saw her
producing this sound, she was motionless, her thorax rested against
the honeycomb, her wings being crossed on her back, and she
moved them about without uncrossing them, and without opening)
them. Whatever cause it was that made her choose this attitude,
the bees seemed affected by it, all of them now lowered their heads)
and remained motionless. Next day, the hive presented the same)
appearances, there remained still twenty-three royal cells which}
were all assiduously guarded by a great number of bees. The)
moment the queen approached these, all the guards were in a state
of agitation, surrounded her, bit her, hustled her in every way,
and generally finished by driving her off; sometimes when this’
HYMENOPTERA. 341
happened she sang, resuming the attitude which I just now de-
scribed ; from that moment the bees became motionless.”* But
the fever which had seized on the young queen ended by com-
municating itself to her subjects, and, at a particular moment, a
new swarm set out under her guidance.
When the emigration is effected, the workers which had remained
at home set free another female. This one acts in the same way
as the first. She tries te get at her rivals still imprisoned, and
whom she can smell in their cradles; but the guard repel her
with vigour, and defeat all her attempts, till she makes up her mind
to emigrate with a new swarm. ‘This curious scene is repeated,
' with the same circumstances, three or four times in the space of a
fortnight, if the weather is favourable, and the hive well peopled.
re) 3 ) P }
In the end, the number of bees is so much reduced, that they
can no longer keep such vigilant guard round the roval cells. and
fo) te) oO y p]
‘it then happens that two females come out together from their
cradles. Immediately the two rivals look for each other, and
fight, and the queen that comes victorious out of this duel to
the death reigns peaceably over the people she has won for
herself. If, in the tumult which precedes the swarming, a
' female escapes from her prison, it may happen that she is carried
away in the swarm. In this case the deserters divide into two
separate bands, but the weakest in numbers are not long in
breaking up, the deserters going to swell the principal swarm.
At last all the troop is reunited, and it then contains two queens.
As long as the swarm remains fixed on its branch, all passes
| quietly in spite of the presence of a second queen. But as soon as
it has become domiciled, the affair becomes serious; a duel to the
death takes place between the two aspirants to the command. Two
queens cannot exist in the same hive. One of them is de trop,
and must be got rid of.
Francis Huber was the first to describe these duels between the
queens. We quote an interesting account which he has left us
of a combat which he watched on the 12th of May, 1790 :—“<'Two
young queens,” says he, ‘‘came out on that day from the cells
almost at the same moment, in one of our smallest hives. As
soon as they saw each other they dashed one against the other
* « Observations sur les Abeilles,”’ tomei., p. 260.
=»
Se %
—
342 THE INSECT WORLD.
with every appearance of the greatest rage, and put themselves
in such a position that each one had its antenns seized between
the teeth of its rival; the head, the thorax, and abdomen of the
one were opposite to the head, the thorax, and abdomen of
the other; they had only to bend round the posterior extremity
of their bodies and they would reciprocally have stabbed each
other with their darts, and both engaged in the combat would
have been killed. But it seems as if nature would not allow this
duel to end by the death of the combatants. One would say that
she had ordained that those queens, finding themselves: in this
position (that is to say. face to face and abdomen to abdomen),
should retreat that very instant with the greatest precipitation.
And so, as soon as the two rivals felt that their posterior parts were
about to meet, they left go of each other, and each one ran away
in an opposite direction..... A few minutes after they had
separated from each other their fear ceased, and they recommencec.
looking for each other. Very soon they perceived the object of |
their search, and we saw them running one against the other.
They seized each other as at the first, and put themselves exactly
in the same position. The result was the same; as soon as their
abdomens approached each other they only thought of getting |
free, and ran away. The working bees were very much agitated
during the whole of this time, and their tumult seemed to
increase when the two adversaries separated from each other.
We saw them on two different occasions stop the queens in their
flight, seize them by the legs, and keep them prisoners for more
than a minute. At last, in a third attack, the queen which was
the most infuriated or the strongest rushed upon her rival at a |
moment when she did not see her coming; seized her with her
teeth by the base of her wing, then mounted on to her body, and
brought the extremity of her abdomen over the last rings of her
enemy, whom she was then able to pierce with her sting very easily. |
She then let go the wing which she held between her teeth, and
drew back her dart. The vanquished queen dragged herself heavily
along, lost her strength, and expired soon afterwards.” *
These singular combats take place between young maiden queens.
Francis Huber, by introducing into a hive some queens from other
* «Observations sur les Abeilles,” tome 1., pp. 174-178.
HYMENOPTRKA. 343
hives convinced himself that the same animosity impels the
females which are pregnant to fight with and destroy each other.
From the moment when the young queen to whom the sove-
reignty has fallen is pregnant, she is anxious to destroy all the
royal pupe which still exist in the hive, and which are then
given up to her without resistance by the workers.
Oix dyabov roAvKoipavin els KOipavos EoTH,
Bis Baotrcvs. ne Ren
Become a mother, the female attacks one after the other the
cells which still contain females. She may be seen to throw her-
self with fury on the first cell she comes to. She makes an open-
ing in it with her mandibles large enough to allow her to introduce
her abdomen, and then turns herself about till she has succeeded
in giving a stab with her sting to the female which it contains.
She then withdraws, highly satisfied with what she has done. The |
working bees, who up to this moment have remained indifferent
spectators of her efforts, take upon themselves the rest of the busi-
ness. They set to work to enlarge the hole made by the ruling
queen, and to draw out the carcass of the victim.
In the meanwhile, the fierce and jealous sovereign throws her-
self on another cell, and breaks into it with violence. If she does
not find in it a perfect insect, but only a pupa, she does not con-
descend to make use of her royal weapon. The workers take on
themselves to empty the cell and destroy its contents. These
executions over, the queen can for the future occupy herself in
laying, without having anything to fear from rivals. Let us
remark, in passing, that man is not much behind these insects,
whose savage exploits in cruelty we have just related. Among
certain tribes of Ethiopians the first care of the newly-crowned
chief is to put in prison all his brothers, so as to prevent wars by
pretenders to the throne. Delivered from all dread of rivals, our
queen sets to work with an indefatigable zeal, and the workers,
animated by the hope of a numerous progeny, heap up provisions
around them.
But now anew tragedy is about to be enacted. The drones,
that is to say, the males, are now no longer wanted in the colony :
* “ Many ruling together is not good: let there be one ruler, one king.”’—
Homer's “ Iliad,” ii. 110.
teh itp
344 THE INSECT WORLD.
their mission is over. By an inexorable law of nature they must
be got rid of, and the working bees proceed to make general nias-
sacre of them. It is in the months of July and August that this
frightful carnage takes place. The workers may then be seen
furiously giving chase to the males, and pursuing them to the ex-
tremity of the hive, where these unfortunate insects seek a place of
safety. Three or four workers dash off in the pursuit after a male.
They seize hold of him, pull him by his legs, by his wings, by his
antenne, and kill him with their stings. This pitiless massacre
includes even the larvee and pupe of the males. The executioners
drag them from their cells, run them through with their stings,
greedily suck the liquids contained in their bodies, and then
cast their remains to the winds. This slaughter goes on for many
days, continuing till the males have been completely got rid of,
they not being able to defend themselves, as they have no stings.
They are allowed to live, however, when they are fortunate
enough to inhabit a hive deprived of its queen. There they even
find a place of perfect safety when they have been driven out of
another hive, and' may be met with in this refuge until the’
month of January. In like manner the lives of the males are
spared in those hives which, instead of a true queen, have only a
female half impregnated, which lays only male eggs; but a hive
of this kind, whose active population cannot be increased, ends
by being abandoned by its inhabitants. The sterility or absence
of the queen entails the dissolution of the society. She is, in fact,
the life and soul of the hive, and without her there is no hope, no
courage, no activity. The populace, abandoned to itself, falls into
anarchy. Famine, pillage, ruin, and death are at. its doors.
Having no progeny to set their hopes on, the bees live from one
day to another without a care for the morrow. They leave off
working, and live entirely on theft and rapine, and at last they
disappear entirely. It is a society become rotten and broken up
for the want of a moral tie.
If the loss of the mother bee takes place at a period at which
there still exist in the hive some larve of working bees of
less than three days old, the nurses (as we have already said)
adopt some of these laryee, and make them into queens by means
of the physical education and the special nourishment which
HYMENOPTERA. 345
they give them. In this case, then, the evil can be repaired ; the
workers themselves find a remedy without assistance. But if the
hive possesses a degenerate queen, which only lays male eLes,
the intervention of man is necessary to save it, by the substitution
of a properly impregnated queen. If, indeed, a strange queen
wished to penetrate alone into a hive already containing a sovereign,
she would infallibly be stopped at the door and stifled by the sen-
tinels who guard the entrance to the hive. These would surround
her immediately, and keep her captive under them till she perished,
either through suffocation or hunger. They do not employ their
stings against an intruding queen, except in the case of an attempt
beimg made to deliver her from their clutches. They get rid of
her by stifling.
When it is wished to introduce into a hive a stranger queen,
after haying removed the original sovereign, many precautions
must be used before putting her into the common home. Itis only
after some time that the bees become aware of the disappearance
of their queen: but they then manifest great emotion. They run
hither and thither, as though mad, leaving off their work, and
making a peculiar buzzing sound. If you return to them their
original sovereign, they recognise her, and calm is immediately
restored ; but the substitution of a new queen for the original
sovereign does not produce the same effect in every case. If
you introduce the new queen half a day only after the removal
of the old queen, she is very badly received, and is at once sur-
rounded, the workers trying to suffocate her. Generally she sinks.
under this bad treatment. But if you allow a longer interval to
elapse before you introduce the substitute, the bees, rendered more
tractable by the delay, are better disposed towards her, If you
allow an interregnum of twenty-four hours, the stranger queen is
always received with the honours due to her rank, a general
buzzing announcing the event to the whole population of the hive.
They assign to their adopted queen a train of picked attendants.
| They draw up in line on her passing by ; they caress her with the
tips of their antenne ; they offer her honey. A little joyful flut-
tering of the escort announces that every one in the little republic
is satisfied. The labours out of doors and indoors then begin anew
with more activity than ever.
346 THE INSECT WORLD.
It is principally during stormy days, when the heat a” the elec-"
tricity in the air are favourable to the secretion of po!!.n in plants,
that the bees go into the fields to make their harvest. They heap
up provisions in the hive against the cold season, not forgetting,
however, to watch over the eggs, their future hope, “‘spem gentis,”
as Virgil calls them.
These peaceful occupations are sometimes interrupted by the
dire necessities of war. It happens that the bees of an im-
poverished hive, impelled by hunger, that bad counsellor, make
up their mind to attack and to pillage the treasures of a neigh-
bouring hive which is abundantly stocked with provisions. A
savage fight then takes place between the two battalions. Hach
one precipitates itself with fury upon its adversary. ‘Two bees
press against and bite each other till one is overcome. The
victor springs upon the back of the vanquished, squeezes it
round the neck with its mandibles, and pierces it between the
rings of its abdomen with its sting. The victorious bee places
itself by the side of its fallen enemy, and resting on four of its legs,
rubs its two hind ones together proudly, as a sign of supreme
triumph. Réaumur relates a strange fact which he says he often
observed, and which proves that the insects we are treating of
do not fight to satisfy a sanguinary and savage instinct, but
(which is less reprehensible) to satisfy their hunger. Bees attacked
by a superior force are in no danger of losing their lives if their
enemies can induce them to give up their throats—that expression
conveys the idea. Supposing three or four are furiously attacking
one bee: they are pulling it by its legs and biting it on its thorax.
The unfortunate object of this attack has then nothing better to
do, to escape alive from such a perilous situation, than to stretch
out its trunk laden with sweet-scented honey. The plunderers
will come one after the other and drink the honey ; then, cloyed,
satisfied, having nothing more to demand, they go their way, leav-
ing the bee to return to his dwelling-place.
There are also strange fights—regular duels—between the bees
of the same hive. Very hot weather has the effect of irritating
them, and making them boil over with rage. They are then
dangerous to men, whom they attack boldly. But more often it is
amongst themselves that they quarrel. One often sees two bees
SN eee eee eee
HYMENOPTERA. 347
which mv seize each other by the neck in the air. It happens
also that’a.pe, in a state of fury, throws itself on another who is
walking quietly and unsuspiciously along the edge of its hive.
When two bees are struggling in this manner they descend to the
ground, for in the air they would not be able to get purchase
enough to be sure of striking each other. They then engage in a
hand-to-hand fight, as the gladiators used formerly to do in the
circus. They are continually making stabs with their stings, but
almost always the point slips over the scales with which they are
covered. ‘The combat is sometimes prolonged during an hour
before one of them has found the weak point in the other’s natural
cuirasse and has buried its terrible weapon in the flesh. The
victor often leaves its sting in the wound which it has made,
and then dies, in its moment of triumph, through the loss of this
organ. Sometimes the two combatants, in spite of long and savage
assaults, cannot succeed in injuring either’s solid armour. In such
a case, they leave each other, tired of war, and fly away, despairin g
of obtaining a victory.
At the end of autumn, when the bees no longer find any flowers
in the fields to plunder, they finish rearing the eggs on the pollen
which they keep in store, and the queen ceases to lay. Numbed
by the cold of the winter, the workers cease to go out. Crowded
together, they mutually warm each other, and thus hold out, when
the cold is not too intense, against the rigour of the frosts.
Huddied up between the cakes of the honeycomb, they wait for the
return of fine weather, to recommence their labours at home and
abroad. After two or three years of this laborious existence the
bee dies, but to live again in a numerous posterity, as Virgil
says :—
* At genus immortale manet, multosque per annos
Stat fortuna domus, et avi numerantur avorum!”’
There has been a good deal of discussion on the question
whether bees constitute monarchies or republics. According to
our opinion theirs is a true republic. As all the population is the
issue of a common mother, and as each bee of the female sex can
become a queen—that is to say, a mother-bee, if it receives an
appropriate nourishment—it is manifest that the title of queen has
been wrongly given to the mother-bee. After all, she is nothing
348 THE INSECT. WORLD.
more than president of a republic. The vice-presidents, as we
have already pointed out, are all those females which at any given
moment may be called by choice—that is, by popular election—to
fulfil the functions of the sovereign, when death or accident
has put an end to her existence. “There is no such thing as a
king in nature,” said Daubenton one day, in one of his lectures
at the Jardin des Plantes. The audience immediately applauded,
and cried “Bravo!” The honest savant stopped quite disconcerted,
and asked his assistant naturalist the cause of this applause, per-
haps ironical. “I must have said something stupid,” repeated
poor Daubenton between his teeth, remembering the saying of
Phocion under similar circumstances. ‘‘ No,” replied his assistant
naturalist, “you have said nothing but what is quite true; but,
without meaning it, you have made a political allusion. You spoke
against kings, and our young republicans thought that you were
nitrates to Louis XVI.” “Indeed,” cried thie coadjutor of
Buffon, “I had no idea that I was talking politics!” The bee
republic, this little animal society, is admirably constituted, and
all its citizens obey its laws with docility.
Bees have often served as an example, proving, according to
some, the marvellous intelligence of certain little animals ; accord-
ing to others, an instinct voudeet ly developed. For ourselves,
we have never well understood what people mean by the word
instinct ; and we frankly grant to the bee intelligence, as we do
also to many animals. The greater number of the acts of their
life seem to be the result of an idea, a mental deliberation, a
determination come to after examination and reflection, The
construction of their cells, always uniform, is, they say, the result
of instinct. However, it happens that under particular circum-
stances, these little architects know how to abandon the beaten
track of routine, reserving to themselves the power of returning,
when it is useful to do so, to the traditional principles which
ensure the beauty and regularity of their constructions. Bees
have been seen, indeed, to deviate from their ordinary habits in
order to correct certain irregularities, the result of accident or
produced by the intervention of man, which had deranged their
works.
Francis Huber relates that he saw bees propping up with
H ] i |
YW
at My LGTY
Wy)
ae
(ROTEN
y
.
:
f
;
DF
ra
Tt.
]
|
\ t
|
!
|
|
HYMENOPTERA.
pillars and flying buttresses of wax a piece of the honeyco,
which had fallen down. At the same time, put on their guard ‘a,
this sad accident, they set to work to fortify the principal frame-
work of the other combs, and to fasten them more securely to the
roof of the hive. This took place in the month of January, and
therefore not during the working season, and when, to provide
against a distant eventuality was the only question. M. Walond
has reported an analogous observation. Is there not here, in the
first place, a true and excellent reasoning, then an act, an opera-
tion, a work, executed as the result of this reasoning? Now, an
operation which is performed as the result of reasoning, is attribut-
able to intelligence. Again, the bees give different sorts of food
to the different sorts of larve. They know how to change this
food when an accident has deprived the hive of its queen, and it
is necessary to replace her; this is another proof of intelligence.
But it is, above all, in the face of an enemy that the intellectual
faculties of these insects show themselves. There are always at
the entrance of every hive three or four bees, which have nothing
else to do but to guard the door, to keep a watch over incomers
and outgoers, and to prevent an enemy or an intruder from
slipping into the community. When one of them perceives an
enemy on the borders of the hive, it dashes forwards towards it,
and by a menacing and significant buzzing warns it to retire.
If it does not understand the warning, which is a rare occurrence,
—for men, horses, dogs, and animals of all kinds know perfectly
well the danger to which they expose themselves by approaching
too near to a hive in full operation,*—the bee gets a reinforcement
and very soon returns to the combat with a determined battalion.
All this is, it seems to us, intelligence.
M. de Frariére, in his work on bees and bee-keeping, tells the
following anecdote :—A bee-keeper had an apiary in his garden.
But he very soon found out that certain birds, called bee-eaters
or wasp-eaters, had made their home near it. Perched on the
trees, they eat all the bees they could seize on in their pro-
* The bee’s sting may lead to very serious consequences. It often happens
that large animals, such as horses or oxen, tied up in the neighbourhood of a bee-
hive, and which have disturbed the bees, die in consequence of stings received from
them. j
352 THE INSECT WORLD.
sss. He was only able, with his gun, to drive away the
iseful birds, whilst the bee-eaters showed themselves indifferent
to the smell of gunpowder: they seemed to be invulnerable.
One day, as the proprietor, quite puzzled as to what he should
do, was trying to find out some means of getting rid of these
Lipa
P —== = SSS ———— = = ———— ee
SSS — <= — ———— = =! ——— 7 —
———— eer mS SS ee = ————— —— - a ae
With =
‘ iy ==
Mh
=
Fig. 323.—Sentinel Bees guarding the entrance to the hive.
enemies, he all of a sudden heard a great buzzing. A few bees
which had luckily escaped from the voracious beaks of their feathered
aggressors, had lost no time in spreading the alarm in the hive,
and in demanding that vengeance should be taken. A regular
army of threatening bees directed their course, in perfect order,
against two of these birds which had been pointed out for attack.
The birds had the best of it, and gorged themselves on the
phalanx ; and again took up their position whilst the bees,
| animal has managed to introduce itself into the interior, they kill
HYMENOPTERA.
vanquished, returned to their hive. But very soon there wa
ereat noise in the interior of the hive, and the bees were see!
assembled together in a serried mass, to dash forward with the
speed of a cannon-ball towards the enemy, which, this time, flew
away at full speed and came back no more. Then the bees made
a triumphal entry into their dwelling, satisfied with the success
of their tactics.*
We have just said that there are sentinels at the entrance of
every hive. They touch with their antennz each individual that
wishes to penetrate into the house. Hornets, the Death’s-head
Sphinx, slugs, &c., often try to introduce themselves into the hive.
In that case, on the appeal of the watchful porters, all the bees
combine their efforts to defend -the entrance to their habitation.
It would be impossible for them, in fact, to stop the ravages of
their enemies when once entered into the interior. When a
sphinx has succeeded in introducing itself into a hive, it sits down
aud drinks the honey in great bumpers, devouring all the pro-
visions ; and the unfortunate proprietors of the house are obliged
to emigrate. ‘To stop the entrance of moths which fly by night,
the bees contract, and sometimes barricade, their door with a
mixture of wax and propolis. When a slug or any other large
it and wrap it up in a shroud of propolis, as we have already
related.
However, they are quite helpless against certain microscopic
parasites which sometimes attack them. The bee-louse, which
has been described and drawn by Réaumur in one of his Memoirs,t
and the parasite which was described in 1866 by M. Duchemin,
the Sugar Acarus, which is found in the liquid honey of
those hives which are attacked by the disease called the rot
(pourriture), are the most serious enemies of the bee. The
Gallerias are also terrible enemies to them. LEvery hive thus
attacked is ruined. These destructive insects attack also the wild
bees, drive them from their nests, and destroy the wax of the
cakes forming the honeycomb. The Gadleria impudently makes
his home in the houses of bees, wild as well as domesticated.
* «* Tes Abeilles et l’Apiculture,”’ in 8V°, 2nd edition. Paris, 1865, Page 107.
t Tome y., planche 36.
THE INSECT WORLD.
Mhe habits of bees in their wild state, which make their nests
the trunks of trees and other cavities, do not differ from those
of domesticated bees. Only the latter become tame with man,
getting used to those who look after them, and becoming less
ageressive towards strangers.
Apiculture, or bee-keeping, is still at the present day an im-
portant business, although honey has lost a great deal of its
utility since the introduction of sugar into Europe. Without
entering into many details on apiculture, that is to say, on the
attention it is necessary to pay to bees, we will mention the
principal duties of the bee-keeper.
When, in the spring, the bee font la barbe (as the French
say), that is, when they are getting ready to swarm, one must
watch narrowly, so as not to lose them. As soon as a swarm
has settled on a tree or on any artificial resting-place prepared on
purpose in the neighbourhood, it is approached, after having
covered one’s face with a piece of transparent linen or canvas, or
with a hood, and the cluster is caused to fall into a hive turned
upside down. The hive is then turned up again and put in its
place; or else, if it is only to serve for the conveyance of the
swarm to another place, shaken about before the door of the
hive which the swarm is destined to occupy. The bees then
beat to arms, and set to work to enter their new habitation in
a compact column. Fig. 324 represents the manner in which one
ought to proceed in order to gather a swarm of bees, which is fixed
on a branch of a tree, and introduce it into the hive prepared for it.
Let us listen on this subject to an experienced bee-keeper, M.
Hamet :—“ As soon as a swarm has fixed itself anywhere, and there
are only a few bees fluttering round the cluster, you must make your
preparations for lodging them in a hive you have got ready for the
purpose. Some people rub the hive on the inside with aromatic
plants or honey, with the object of making the bees fix themselves
there more surely. This precaution is not indispensable. What
is essential is, that the hive should be clean and free from any bad
smell. Itis a good thing to pass it beforehand over the flame of a
straw fire, which destroys the eggs of insects and insects them-
selves which may have lodged in it.
«‘ After having covered your head with a camail, if the swarm has |
HYMENOPTERA. 3d8
settled in a difficult place, and you are afraid of being stung, you
hold the hive under the cluster of bees and make them fall into it,
either by shaking the branch to which the swarm is attached very
hard, or by means of a small broom, or even with the hand, for
then they very rarely sting; it is hardly ever necessary to take
any precautions in approaching them, except for swarms which
Fig. 324.—Taking a swarm,
have been fixed for many hours, or since the day before. When
the bees have fallen in a mass to the bottom of the hive, you turn
this gently over, and place it on a piece of linen stretched out on
the ground near the place where the swarm was, or on a tray, or
simply on the ground itself, if it is dry and clean. You will have
taken care to place on this linen a little wedge, a stick or a
stone to raise the hive a little, and to leave more room through
AA
zt
es
rs
—
xus
z
¥
Te LL
L4 =
es #3
4
.
=
354 THE INSECT WORLD.
which the bees may enter. A great part of the bees which
fall into the hive hook themselves on to its sides; but a good
number are dropped on the linen when the hive is turned. This
is the manner in which you act when it is determined to lodge the
swarm; but when the swarm is to be lodged in another hive, as
we shall see further on, immediately that the bees recognise the
lodging which is destined for them, they set to work to beat to
arms, and to enter in a compact column their new dwelling ; those
which are fluttering about in the air are summoned by this call,
and are not long in alighting on the spot where the rest of their
Fig. 325.—Bell-shaped hive. Fig. 326.—English hive.
companions are fixed. At the end of a quarter or half an hour
at the most, all, or nearly all, have entered the hive. A few
still hover about round the place where the swarm was fixed. If
the number is considerable, and if many have stopped in this
place, you must make them quit it by placing some offensive herb
such as celandine, horehound, field camomile, &c., on it, or project
the smoke of a rag upon them, which will drive away the bees and
force them to look for the colony or to return to the mother-
hive. You may also project smoke, but in moderate quantities,
on the bees grouped around and on the borders of the lodging
HYMENOPTERA. 355
which you have just given them, and which they will not be long
in entering.’’*
A good swarm weighs from four to six pounds; one pound
contains about four thousand bees. The second swarms weigh
rarely more than two pounds, and the third still less. You can
also form artificial swarms by drawing off the bees of one hive into
another ; an operation which is easy with bell-shaped hives. A
glance at Fig. 325, which represents the common hive of the
north of France, that is to say, the bell-shaped, will show how easy
it is to effect this drawing-off, or pouring out of the bees, by
joming together at their bases two hives, the one empty, the other
containing a swarm. In order to have control over the bees during
the operation, you must slightly stupify them with the smoke of a
lighted rag.
Beehives are of a thousand different shapes, each of which has its
particular advantages. They are made of wood and of straw; and
Hi WNT
\ |
c
Fig. 327.—Swiss hive. Fig. 328.—Polish hive.
the shapes used in different countries are very various. We give
as examples, Figs. 325, 326, 327, 328.
_ The site, that is, the place where hives stand, is not a
* “Cours d’Apiculture,” pp. 73, 74.
AA 2
356 THE INSECT WORLD.
matter of indifference. It is generally supposed that bees ought
to be established in a place fully exposed to the sun, and to the
greatest heat of the day. This is a mistake. M. de Frariére,
in his work on bees and bee-keeping, recommends the hives to
be placed under trees, in such a way that they may be kept in
a
Zea
MLA
!
aba
ib eT
H
| ———
4 = —
je atime = = =
CL EES
} re,
Rees ty \f
ae xgttoin® | lene
2 ML Ait ib on =
“SSN a
Sis oe
oN Y) z ~
s) E
— SSS HLS NY SNES =. \
Fig, 329.—Garden hive.
the shade. Fig. 330 shows the way in which M. de Frari¢re
recommends hives to be arranged.
Dr. Monin, author of an interesting monograph of the bee,
blished in 1866, after treating of the different arrangements
which have been recommended for hives, concludes thus :—
“Tt is to satisfy all these requirements that experienced bee-
so much recommend for the hives an exposure to the
that they should be turned in
hine on their entrances when
a certain height above the horizon, and
ed the surrounding air for the bees, which the
ays has tempted forth, not to be seized with
pu
keepers
ten o’clock sun; that is to say,
such a manner that the sun may s
it has already attained
sufficiently warm
brightness of its T
HYMENOPTERA. 357
cold, and numbed before they have been’ able to return home
again,”’ *
In the month of March, a gathering of wax is made by cutting
away the lower part of the hives, where the cakes have erown
old. The principal honey harvest takes place towards the end
of May, June, or J uly, according to the place the hives are in.
A larger or smaller gathering takes place according to the quan-
tity of honey ready, and the state of the season. As the bees
will not see the violation of their domicile and theft of their
Fig. 330.—Hives under the shade of trees.
winter provisions without anger, to get possession of the honey-
comb with which the hive is filled, you must put these irritable
‘Insects into such a state that they are unable to injure you. They
can be rendered peaceable by smoking them. The smoke is
forced into the hive with the assistance of a pair of bellows, the
arrangement of which is shown in Fig. 331. If the fumigation
is prolonged, the bees are very soon heard to beat. their wings in
a peculiar manner; they are then in what is called in French
état de bruissement, or roaring state. When they stand up on
: * « Physiologie de l’abeille, suivie de l’art de soigner et d’exploiter les abeilles,
d’aprés une methode simple, facile.” Paris, 1866. Page 94.
3 ae
308 THE INSECT WORLD.
their hind legs and agitate their wings, you can do with them
almost anything you ike—cut away the honeycomb, abstract the
eggs, Or take out the honey—without their troubling themselves
Fig. 331.—Bellows used to stupify Bees.
about it. But this state of things must not last too long, or you
may suffocate your bees. It is a sort of anzsthesis into which
the bees have been thrown; and as with men this must not be
prolonged.
Some bee-keepers, in order to collect the honey harvest, stupify
their bees by burning sulphur matches. This is a bad practice.
‘Those authors who recommend us to suffocate the bees,” says
M. Hamet, “under the pretext that their colonies will become
too numerous, and who add, ‘ You cannot eat beef without killing
the ox,’ are more stupid than the animal they have chosen for
their comparison.” A hive often produces from twelve to twenty
pounds of honey each year, and an almost equal quantity of wax.
It may, then, furnish to the bee-keeper an important revenue,
especially as the rearing of bees gives scarcely any trouble, and
involves scarcely any labour, as it is only necessary to select a
spot with a proper exposure and well-supplied with flowers.
We possess in Europe two species or races of bees— the
Common bee (Apis mellifica), and the Ligurian bee (Apes ligus-
tica), whose abdomen is tawny, with the rings bordered with
black. It is this species of which Virgil sang, and which 1s found
in Italy and Greece. It has been remarked that the Ligurian bee
pierces the calices, at their bases, of those flowers which are too
long for it to penetrate into easily, and thus gets possession of
the honey, whilst the common bees pass these flowers over. This
observation proves that the former is the more intelligent of the
two races. In Egypt a bee is reared called the Banded bee (Apis
fasciata).
Ten or twelve other species of honey-bees exist in Senegal, the
Cape of Good Hope, Madagascar, Hast Indies, at Timor (Apes
Peronii), &c. The European bee has been acclimatised in
HYMENOPTERA. 309
America, but it soon returns to its wild state, as indeed do all
our domestic animals when transported to the other hemisphere.
At the Cape of Good Hope, the Hottentots seck greedily after
the nests of wild bees, a bird called the Indicator guiding
them in this chase. This bird comes of its own accord towards
the savages, and is observed flitting about from tree to tree,
making a little significant cry. They have only then to follow
this bird-informer, for it will not be long in stopping before
some hollow tree which contains a nest of bees. The Hottentots
always acknowledge its services by leaving it a part of the booty.
Fenimore Cooper, the novelist, tells us, in his work entitled
“The Prairie,’ how the bee-hunters in America discover the
wild hives. They place on a plank, covered with white paint
still moist, a piece of bread covered with sugar or honey. The
bees, in plundering this bread, get some of the paint on their
bodies, and are then more easily tracked when they return to
their hives. In North America they are, as it were, the har-
bingers of civilisation. When the Indians perceive a swarm
trying to establish themselves in the solitudes of their forests,
they say to one another, “The white man is approaching ; he
will soon be here.’ True pioneers of civilisation, these insects
seem to announce to the forests and deserts of the New World
that the reign of nature has passed away, and that now the
social state has begun to play its part—a part that will never
end.
have a more hairy body, and are smaller in size.
| Very numerous in the virgin forests, they make Mielifoaes
The bees peculiar to South America have no
sting: these are the Meliponas. These (Fig.
332) are more compactly formed than our bees,
Fig. 332.—A species of
their nests in the hollows of trees. The wax produced by them
is brown, and of an indifferent quality. Under thick leaves of
wax are found cakes, with hexagonal cells, containing the males,
|
)
]
‘females, and neuters. The cells of the larve are closed by the
workers, and the larve spin themselves a cocoon inside, All
around the cradles are large round cells, entirely different in form
‘from the cradles, in which the honey is stored. It is probable
that the males, the workers, and the females, live together in
write
360 THE INSECT WORLD.
great harmony, and even that there is in each nest more than
one female, for the absence of the sting must prevent any combats.
If a few cakes of the Melipona’s honeycomb are moved into
the hollow of a tree, they always found there a new colony. We
may conclude from this that the workers procure for themselves
females whenever they want them by means of a special sort
of food. The savage inhabitants of the American forests collect
this honey ; but with the carelessness of uncivilised man, they at
the same time destroy the nests of these precious insects. They
have now begun to domesticate certain species of Meliponas by
introducing them into earthen pots or wooden cases. These ~
insects have been brought to Europe, but they have always
perished in the first cold weather. During the summer of 1863,
there was, in the Museum of Natural History of Paris, a nest of
Melipona scutellaris from Brazil; but it did not prosper.
Tur HumBLeE or BUMBLE DEES.
If in the month of March one passes through the fields, which
are beginning to get green, or through the woods, still deprived
of their leaves, there may be seen hovering hither and thither great
hairy insects, resembling gigantic bees. These are the females
of the humble bee, called by the French “bourdons,” from the
buzzing noise they produce. These females have been awakened
by the spring sun. They examine the cavities of stones, the
heaps of moss, and the holes hollowed out by the rabbits and
squirrels, seeking for a suitable spot to construct a nest for their
progeny.
The humble bees are of the same family as the bees, whom they
resemble in their organization. Like them, they are divided into
males, females, and neuters, or workers. But their companies only
last a year. At the end of autumn, the whole population has —
become extinct, with the exception of the pregnant females, which
pass the winter in a state of torpor, at the bottom of some hole,
where they wait till the spring to perpetuate their race. Their
societies comprise generally only a small number of individuals,
from fifty to three hundred. They are of peaceful habits, their
ephemeral existence beginning and ending with the flower season.
HYMENOPTERA. 361
The humble bees are known by their great size, their short,
robust body, encircled by bands of very bright colours, and by
the noise they make in flying. Their hind |
legs arearmed with two spurs. The females
and the workers have the same organization
for plundering flowers as the bees have:
they have their trunks and their legs fitted
with brushes and baskets for gathering
pollen. The males, like the males of hive
bees, have no sting. The ereater number
have their dwelling-places under ground; others make their nests
on the surface of the soil, in the cracks of walls, in heaps of
stones, &c. The former establish themselves in cavities situated
as far as half a yard under ground, and approached by a long
narrow gallery. It is almost always a solitary female who has
been the architect of the nest. She cleans out the cavity she
has chosen, makes i‘ 5s smooth as possible, and lines it with
leaves and moss, to embellish the subterranean house in which
she is to pass nearly all her existence.
The Moss humble bee (Boméus muscorum), called also the Carding
bce, chooses an excavation of very little depth in which to make its
nest, or else itself undertakes the hollowing out of a hole in the
eround. It covers this with a dome of moss or dry herbs. But
it does not fly when transporting the moss, it drags it along the
ground, with its back turned towards the south. Having seized a
packet of the moss, it sets to work to draw out the bits with its man-
dibles, and then pushing them under its body, throws them in the
direction of the nest by.a sort of kick from its hind legs. Sometimes,
towards the end of the season, many humble bees are to be seen
working inline. The first seizes the moss, and after having carded
it, passes it under its body, and throws it to the second, which
throws it on to the third, and so on, up to the nest. When the
materials are ready, the insect makes use of them to manufac-
ture a sort of hemispherical lid or covering resembling felt, which
shuts the nest in, and is lined with wax. If you lift up this cover-
ing or small dome, which it 1s not dangerous to do, for umble
gressive, you find beneath it a nest, composed
bees are not very ¢
etn ee ‘ :
of a coarse comb, which is surmounted by a vault of wax.
1 aap Fig.334.— Cells from a Humble Bee's nest.
| Mh ,
-- . fe
wt The wax of which they are composed has none of the qualities of
| tm that of hive bees, but is soft, sticky, and brownish.
aa When the mother humble bee, which at first was alone and built
362 THE INSECT WORLD.
The cells which compose tle nest, and which are to receive
the larve of the insect, are of an oval shape, and of a pale yellow
or even of a blackish colour. Fig. 334 represents these cells.
K(
\\
\
Fr ‘ Mn s ‘i
“iN NT \, Vas ad AA i: i i‘
hit : \ ri
=
.
:
RC
,
fg
i
\
| \
Ere
=
her house single-handed, has made a certain number of cells, she
seeks for honey and pollen and prepares a paste, which she deposits
9 in the future cradles. She then lays six or seven eggs in each.
ee The larvee which come from them live in common, at the same
| es table, under the same tent. The cell is at first only the size of a |
"y pea; it soon becomes too narrow, splits and cracks, and requires —
[3 to be enlarged and repaired many times, a work of which our |
= industrious insects acquit themselves with a good deal of care and |
oe attention. Before passing into the pupa state, each larva spins for
rt itself a shell or cocoon of very fine white silk. It ceases to eat,
remains at first rolled up, then expands itself little by little, and
changes its skin after three days. It passes fifteen days in the
pupa state in a quiescent condition. After the normal time has |
elapsed for it to remain in its hiding-place, it delivers itself from |
its mummy-like covering, with the help of the mother or the |
workers. The humble bee then appears, robust, and its body
covered with a greyish down.
When the successive hatchings have furnished to the mother |
the reinforcement she is waiting for, the workers she has laid
HYMENOPTERA. 363
occupy themselves in building new cells, and in raising the wall
of enclosure which is to protect the nest. This wall, formed of
wax, starts from the base and raises itself, like a vertical rampart,
from every point in the circumference. They then surmount
this by the first roof, which is flat, supported by some pillars,
and in which they have left one or two irregular openings. The
whole is finally protected by a hemispherical covering of moss,
made into a sort of felt and lined with wax. Fig. 330 represents,
in its entirety, a nest of this humble bee.
Fig. 335.—Nest of the Moss Humble Bee (Bombus muscorum).
The workers also take their part in rearing the eggs. They
bring the paste, which they slip into the cells to the larvee by
a small hole, which is shut immediately afterwards. Later, they
again give their assistance in disengaging the pup from their
envelopes. In short, they make themselves generally useful ;
364 THE INSECT WORLD.
but they have one bad fault: they are very fond of eating the
ees laid by the mother. They try to seize them as she deposits
them, or drag them from the cells, and suck their contents. And
so the mother is obliged to be incessantly defending her eggs
against the voracity of the workers, and to be constantly on
her guard, so as to be ready to drive away these marauders from
cells newly filled.
We owe to an English naturalist, Newport, the knowledge of
another curious fact relating to the laying of humble bees, which
is the expedient the females and the males have recourse to for
hastening the hatching of the eggs. They place themselves, hike
fowls sitting on their eggs, over the wax shells containing the pup
almost hatched. By breathing quickly, these industrious insects
raise the temperature of their bodies, and consequently that of the
air in the cells. Thanks to this supplementary heat, the meta-
morphosis of the pups is much hastened. Newport, by slipping
miniature thermometers between the shells of the nymphs and the
sitting humble bees, ascertained that the temperature of the latter
was about 34° C., whilst the temperature of the shells left to
themselves was only 27° C.; that of the air in the rest of the
nest being only from 21° to 24° C. After many hours of incuba-
tion, at the same time natural and artificial, in which art and
nature are so closely allied, after the sitting imsects have many
times relieved one another, the young humble bees come out of
their shells. They are at first soft, greyish, wet, and very sus-
ceptible to cold. But after a few hours they become stronger,
and the yellow and black bands with which their abdomens are
surrounded begin to be marked out. The spring laying produces
exclusively workers. The greatest abundance of eggs are laid in |
August and September. The laying of the female eggs begins in |
July ; that of the males follows soon after.
Until autumn, the humble bees are incessantly enlarging their |
nests, and multiplying their little pots of honey. Without accu- |
mulating a great stock of provisions, which they would not be able
to dispose of, they always keep in reserve a quantity of pollen and
honey for their daily wants. The cellsin which the honey is stored
differ very much in shape. Some species of humble bees give them |
long and narrow necks; others, less recherché in their style of con- |
HYMENOPTERA. 365
struction, simply make cylindrical vases. There are among the
humble bees races of artists and races of simple builders: the one
construct with taste, the other only seek the useful.
During the day, the humble bees cull honey from the flowers.
| At night they enter their home; but a certain number take the
liberty of sleeping out. Surprised by the arrival of night, in
the bottom of the calix of a sweetly-scented flower, they philo-
sophically determine to sleep in the open air, lying on this
perfumed bed, with the heaven as their canopy.
The coupling of the humble bees takes place towards the end of
September. It costs the males their life, as it does with the hive
bees. The impregnated females do not lay till the following
spring ; it is they who, after the winter is passed, will become the
mothers of new generations. They will take the reins of the family
when the mother who founded the colony, the males, as also the
| workers, shall, according to the laws of nature, have passed away.
There are often, on the. other hand, some workers which, born in
| the spring, become fruitful, and lay the same year, but only the
2 i =
eggs of males. These become a butt for the jealousy of the
reigning mother, who pursues them with fury and devours their
egos. These, however, have themselves cruel hearts. Animated
by a profound jealousy, they dispute the occupancy of the cells
savagely, so as to be able to lay a few eggs in them, which are no
sooner laid than they are destroyed by their savage sisters. How-
ever, they never make use of their stings in any of these attacks.
The humble bee population is peaceful, even in its combats.
After the first cold weather in autumn, all these insects, as we
have said, perish, except the pregnant females. These privileged
depositaries of the race, spem altera domi, look for a place of
retreat, and there sleep till the following spring. Then they wake
up and found new colonies, which continue the race.
For a long while were confounded with the humble bees certain
insects which have the same appearance, that is to say, a hairy
body, with bands of various colours, but whose hind legs are
adapted neither for gathering honey nor for buildmg. These are
the genus Psithyrus; vt was Lepelletier de Saint-Fargeau who
discovered their true position. These are parasites, and only
consist of males and fertile females, without workers. They lay
366 THE INSECT WORLD.
their eggs in the nests of the humble bee. They are, indeed, so
like their hosts, that they can introduce themselves into their
dwellings without raising any suspicion. The humble bees admit
them freely, and receive them as if they belonged to the family ;
so much so, indeed, that the poor humble bees themselves bring up
the larvee of these impudent guests. In the Order Hymenoptera,
one meets with many examples of these sorts of parasites which
install their progeny in the nest of another insect, as the cuckoo
does in the nests of other birds.
SoLITARY BEEs.
We have up till now found the insects of the great family of
bees collected together in perfectly organized societies. But there
are a great number of species of this family which live alone.
We will briefly mention the most interesting of them.
The females of the solitary bees are impregnated like those of
the humble bees, at the end of September, and lay in spring, after
having passed the winter asleep. ‘They build a nest divided into
cells, fill it with eggs, and with a honied paste shut it up and
die, without having seen their progeny hatched.
The Anthophoras (Figs. 336, 337, 338) resemble bees, but they
are more hairy, and of greyish colour. Their nest, composed of
Figs, 336, 337, 338.—Anthophora parietina.
earth tempered and agglutinated with their saliva, is made in the
eracks of old walls or in the ground. It has the form of a twisted |
tube, and is divided, by partitions, into compartments, each of |
which is to receivea larva. Hach insect, when hatched, pierces its |
own wall, and profits by the hole of exit of the brother which pre-
ceded it. :
These insects do not live together in societies. Indifferent
neighbours, they do not lend each other mutual assistance. They
HYMENOPTERA. 367
have their parasites, like the Melectas, the humble bees. These
are hairy, blackish insects, spotted with white, laying their eggs
‘in the nests of the Anthophoras, which permit them to do so, and, at
the expense of their own progeny, bring up the intruder’s little
» ones.
The Carpenter bee, or Wood-piercer (Xylocopa), hollows out
) galleries in worm-eaten wood, and builds in them cells placed one
‘over the other, a work often occupying many weeks. She then
furnishes the bottom of the cell with pollen mixed up with honey,
‘lays an egg in the middle of this paste, and closes the cell by a
fake)
| ceiling of sawdust agglutinated with saliva. On this ceiling she
| establishes a new cell, and so on, right up to the orifice, which she
closes in the same manner. Réaumur is astonished, with reason, at
| the admirable instinct which makes this provident mother determine
——
Fig. 339.— Carpenter Bee, Pup, Eggs, Galleries, and Nests.
the exact quantity of nourishment which will be necessary for its
larva. When this has absorbed all its provision, it alone quite
fills up its cell, and changes into a pupa. It is worthy of remark,
—
poy
s
368 THE INSECT WORLD.
that the head of the young is always turned downwards, in
such a way that it is by the bottom of its cell that it comes
out. The bottom of the first is very near the surface of the
wood, so that the insect it encloses has only a thin layer of wood
to pierce through in order to set itself free. Hach one of
those which are born next has only to pierce the floor of its
hiding-place to find the road before them free. The Xylocope
Serial
} ma fl if:
A leesiiscal
Fig, 340.—Mason Bee and Nest.
pass the winter in the pupa state, and the perfect insects, with
wings of a beautiful metallic violet, appear in the spring, but are
not found in this country.
Other solitary bees have their hind legs unsuited for the gather-
ing of pollen, but have the rings of the abdomen furnished with
hairs for that purpose. Such are the Mason bees of Réaumur,
belonging to the genera Osmia and Chalicodoma,* which build their
nests against walls of tempered earth, which become very hard.
* At a meeting of the Entomological Society of London, Feb. 18th, 1867, Mr.
Newman exhibited the lock of a door, one of several which, in 1866, were found at
the Kent Waterworks, Deptford, to be completely filled and choked up with nests of
HYMENOPTERA. 369
These nests (Figs. 840 and 341) are filled with cells of oblong
form arranged irregularly. At first sight, they might be taken
for little lumps of earth plastered against the wall. When the
perfect insect emerges, it is obliged to soften the mortar with
its saliva, and to remove it, grain by grain, with its mandibles.
The nests of Chalicodomas are common in the environs of Paris,
Fig. 341.—Interior of the Nest of the Mason Bee.
on walls of rough stones exposed to the south. They are
often to be found in the parks of Meudon, of Conflans, of
Vésinet, Ke.
The Leaf-cutting bees (Megachile) are not less worthy of remark
in their habits. These insects make their nests in tubes made with
the leaves of the rose, the pear, the elder, &c., placed in a cylindrical
burrow. Each nest contains generally from three to six cells, sepa-
rated by partitions of leaves. They cut off the pieces of leaves
Osmia bicornis, a portion of the nest had been forced out by the insertion of the key ;
the locks were in pretty constant use, so that the nests must have been built in the
course of a few days.— Journal of Proceedings of the Entomological Society of
London,” 1867, lxxvi.—Ep.
B B
370 THE INSECT WORLD.
they require with their mandibles, the notches being wonderfully
cleanly cut, as if they had been done with a punch.
They make as many as eight or ten envelopes in succession with
the leaves, which, as they get dry, contract, keeping, however, the
i we N ‘
Ma ‘
DN N\
i oN \ E
mM XK NY
rh |;
Mma
Ve \ AY
form given to them by the insect. The cells destined to receive
the eggs acquire thus a certain solidity. Fig. 342 represents the
nest of the Megachile.
The Upholsterer bees (Azthocopas) line their nests with the petals
of flowers, as, for example, Authocopa papaveris of the corn-poppy.
Their burrows are made perpendicularly in
the beaten earth of roads, and each contains
one solitary cell, lined with portions of
petals. When the egg has been laid at the
bottom of this cell, the bee fills up the rest
of the hole with earth to hide it from notice.
Fig. 343.—Gullery of an dndrena. ‘he Mining bees (Andrene) hollow out in
the ground tubular galleries (Fig. 343). They are not larger
HYMENOPTERA. 371
than ordinary flies. A great number of other bees are known,
but their habits are little understood, and we shall not occupy our-
selves about them.
W ASPs.
Every one knows the wasps as a race of dangerous brigands
which live by rapine, are incessantly fighting battles, and which
" y : \
Fig. 344.—Wasps’ Nest.
SD
exist only todo harm. However, wasps, like Figaro, are better
than they are reputed to be. Their societies are admirably
organized; their nests are models of industry and artistic fancy.
They have even certain domestic virtues which deserve our
esteem, only they are an excitable race it 1s well not to cross.
If great heat adds to their natural irritability, they savagely
attack those who annoy them, and pursue them to a distance.
No one, indeed, is ignorant that their sting is very painful. In
BBO
ene
alt
t
rath
THE INSECT WORLD.
a)
~I
bo
cold weather and towards night, they are less vivacious and less to
be dreaded.
The wasps are distinguished from the bees by a decided charac-
teristic. In a state of repose they fold together their upper wings,
which then seem very narrow, only spreading them out when they
are about to fly; whilst the latter when at rest keep their upper
wings spread out.
Wasps live in companies, which last only a year, and are com-
posed of males, females, and workers. But the female wasp does
not pass her entire life in idleness, as a queen, like the mother
hive bee. She occupies herself in making the nest and in taking
care of the young, like the mother humble bee. The males have
also their duties. They watch over the cleanliness of the habita-
tion, and are the sanitary commissioners and undertakers to the
Fig, 345.—Common Wasp ( Vespa vulgaris). Fig. 346.—Bush Wasp ( Vespa rufa).
city. These are easily recognised by their oblong bodies, having
so slight a connection with the thorax, as it were by a thread.
Their sting is larger than that of the bees, and is supplied with
poison from a pouch placed at its base. The males have no sting.
Wasps do not secrete wax. With their mandibles they cut vege-
tables and plants, the fragments of which they agglutinate
together in such a way as to form a tough cardboard. Thus
they invented the manufacture of paper long before men. Charles
de Geer, in his celebrated work, sums up the habits of these
insects in the following manner :—‘ Wasps,” says he, “are, like
bees, fond of sweets and honey, although they rarely seek them
in flowers; but their principal food consists in matters of quite a
different kind, such as fruits of all kinds, raw flesh, and live insects,
which they seize and devour. They sometimes do dreadful damage
in beehives, devouring the honey, and killing the bees. They do
not gather wax; their nests and their combs are composed of a
matter resembling grey paper, which they get from rotten wood,
ao
Noe!
oo
HYMENOPTERA.
and which they scrape off with their teeth; they make a sort of
paste of these scrapings by moistening them with a certain liquid
which they disgorge. The cells in the combs are hexagonal, and
very regular, like those of bees.’’*
Before beginning to build, the wasps heap up the materials
near the place where they have chosen to establish their domicile.
These materials are ligneous fibre, mixed up with saliva, with the
aid of which these insects prepare the paper-like substance, which
is very tough, and destined to form the walls of the cells and their
exterior covering. The greater number make their habitation in
the ground. Of these is our common wasp (Vespa vulgaris), which
is black, agreeably contrasted with bright yellow. The Bush or
Russet wasp (Vespa rufa), which inhabits woods, constructs its
nest between the branches of shrubs or bushes. It is smaller
than the common species, and its abdomen is of a russet colour.
The Hornet is the largest European species of the family of the
Vespide. The substance of its nest is yellowish, and very fragile,
Fig. 347.—The Hi net (Vespa crabro).
and is constructed under a roof, in a loft, or in the hole of
an old wall, but most often in the hollow of a worm-eaten tree.
Another species of this family (Polistes gallica, Fig. 348) fixes
its little nest by a foot-stalk to the stem of some plant.
Wasps begin laying in spring, and go on
laying all the summer. Each cell receives one «=
single egg, and, as with bees, the workers’ “
eegs are the first laid. Hight days after the
laying, there comes out of each egg a larva
without feet, and already provided with two
mandibles. These larvae receive their food in
the form of balls, which the females or the
workers knead up with their mandibles and their legs before pre-
* «“ Mémoires pour servir 4 I’ Histoire des Insectes.”’ Stockholm, 1771. In 4to.,
Fig. 348.—Polistes gallica.
tome ii., p. 76.
374 THE INSECT WORLD.
senting to their nurslings, very nearly in the same way
as birds give their beak full of food to their little ones. At
the end of three weeks the larvae cease to take food, and
begin to shut themselves up in their cells, the interior of which
they line with a coating of silk. In this they change their form,
and assume the appearance of the perfect insect, with
its six legs and its wings, but motionless, and con-
tracted together. A sort of bag keeps all the organs
swathed up together (Fig. 349). This pupa state lasts
He ene for eight or nine days, at the end of which time the
nt common insect is fully developed; it casts its skin, breaks the
door of its prison, and launches itself into the air. A
cell is no sooner abandoned than a worker visits, cleans it, and
puts it in a fit state to receive another egg.
During the summer the female wasp remains constantly in the
nest, absorbed with family cares. She is occupied in laying eggs
and in feeding her progeny, with the active assistance of the
workers, or mules, as Réaumur and Charles de Geer call them,
because they are unfruitful.
In the interior of the nests you generally find the most perfectly
good understanding existing, and the most perfect order, in spite of
the warlike instincts of these insects. It is only on rare occasions
that this domestic peace is disturbed by the quarrels of male with
male or worker with worker; but these combats are not deadly.
Never, moreover, has one nest of wasps been known to declare
war against another for the purpose of robbing it. ‘The govern-
ment of wasps,” says M. Victor Rendu, “explains very well the
gentleness of their public conduct. Amongst them there are no
despots; no one either reigns or governs; each one lives at
liberty ina free city, on the sole condition of never being a
burden to the state. They all act in concert, without privileges
or monopolies, under the influence of a common law—the great
law of the public good, from which no one is exempted.” *
But this model republic is fatally doomed to early destruction.
At the approach of winter all the workers, as also all the males,
perish. Some pregnant females alone hold out against the cold, and
get through the winter, to propagate and perpetuate their species.
* “TY? Intelligence des Bétes.”” In 18mo. Paris, 1864.
HYMENOPTERA. 370
Before dying, these insects destroy all the larve which are not
hatched at the first approach of cold weather. In spring the females
revive, and begin alone the construction of a new nest. They then
lay workers’ eggs, which are not long in furnishing them a whole
regiment of devoted and active assistants. These traits are pretty
nearly the same for the different species of wasps, the only dif-
ference being in the way in which they build their nests.
We have already said that the common wasp makes its nest in
Fig. 350,—Exterior of Wasps’ Nest on a branch of a tree.
the ground. A gallery, of about an inch and a half in diameter,
leads to the nest, situated at a depth which varies from six inches
to two feet. ‘It is,” says Réaumur, “a small subterranean town,
which is not built in the style of ours; but which has a symmetry
of its own. ‘The streets and the dwelling-places are regularly
distributed. It is even surrounded with walls on all sides. I
376 THE INSECT WORLD.
do not give this name to the sides of the hollow in which it is
situated ; the walls I allude to are only walls of paper, but strong
enough, nevertheless, for the uses for which they are intended.”
Generally, the shape of the outside of a wasp’s nest is spherical
or oval, sometimes conical. Its diameter is about from twelve to
sixteen inches, its surface, which resembles a mass of bivalve
shells, has one hole for entrance, and another for exit, just large
enough to allow of one single wasp passing in or out at the same
time (Fig. 350).
The wasps’ nest is composed, in the interior, of fifteen or sixteen
Fig. 351.—Interior of Wasps’ Nest, after Réaumur.
horizontal galleries, arranged in stories, and supported by numerous
pillars of separation. We give here (Fig. 351) a section and view
of the interior, drawn from memory by Réaumur.* The cakes
forming the comb are composed of hexagonal cells, which are
always used as cradles, never as storehouses. They open below.
* Tome vi., planche 14, p. 167.
HYMENOPTERA. 377
The exterior envelope of the nest is made with leaves of a sort
of greyish, very gummy paper, which is applied layer by layer.
Réaumur has given a very detailed account of the way in which
these insects construct their nests.* They collect fibres of
wood, which are their raw material; make them into a sort of
coarse lint, which they reduce to balls, and carry between their
lees to the nest. These balls are next stuck on to the work
already begun. Then the insect stretches them out, flattens them,
and draws them into thin layers, as a bricklayer spreads mortar
with his trowel. The wasp works with extreme quickness, always
backwards, so that it may have incessantly before its eyes the
work it has done; the movement of its mandibles is even quicker
than that of its legs. |
‘owards the end of summer the nest may contain three thousand
workers, and as many females, who live together in perfect har-
mony. ‘The number of males equals that of the females. A
female weighs, by herself, as much as three males, or six workers.
With the exception of those which are occupied in building
and in taking care of the eggs, all the wasps go out hunting
during the day. They are carnivorous, and may be seen attack-
ing other insects, which they tear to pieces after having killed,
so as to carry the bits to their nests, where thousands of mouths
are clamouring for their food. The wasp pays great attention to
the vines. It penetrates also into the interior of our houses, and
infests the butchers’ shops; but this the butchers do not much
mind, for the wasp drives away the flies, which would lay their
eggs on the meat, and thus contribute to its corruption.
As the winter approaches, the wasps go out less and less, and
very soon cease to do so at all. The greater number then die,
huddled up in their nest. A few females only, as we have said,
get through the cold season. They sleep with their wings and
legs folded up, which gives them the appearance of chrysalides.
They can nevertheless sting in this state, as M. Guerin-Méneville
found out to his cost. The spring wakes them up, and they then
found new colonies. “It is at this season,” says M. Maurice
Girard, in his book on the Metamorphoses of Insects, “that, with
a little trouble, it would be easy to diminish in a very perceptible
* “Mémoires,” tome vi., p. 177.
pny
Ful os
378 THE INSECT WORLD.
degree the number of wasps, which are, later, so destructive to
the fruit, by catching in nets the females, which might be attracted
in quantities by means of the blossom of the black currant.” This
is a useful hint to gardeners.
The Hornets are distinguished from other wasps by their great
size. They make their nests in the trunks of old trees, perforating
the sound wood, to arrive at the heart, which is rotten, or hollow-
ay
Fig. 352.—Hanging Hornets’ Nest.
ing for themselves a hole, which they clear out by the gallery
which leads to it. In this hole they construct first a dome sus-
pended to the top by a footstalk; then a series of combs composed
of cells, hanging the first to this dome, the second to the first, and
so on, by stalks or pillars of a paper-like substance. When fixed
under roofs, these nests have often the form of an elongated pear.
Fig. 352 represents one of these nests, after Réaumur. The
societies of hornets contain fewer members than those of the
common wasp ; at most two hundred insects.
The Polistes are a peculiar kind of wasp, smaller than the
others, slender, with the abdomen tapering towards the base. The
construction of their nests is more simple, having no envelopes, as
shown in Fig. 353. They attach them to the stems of broom,
furze, or other shrubs, by a footstalk or pedicle. They are like
HYMENOPTERA. 379
®
little paper bouquets, composed of from twenty to thirty cells
grouped in a circle.
Fig. 353.- Nest of Polistes gallica.
The Card-making wasp of Cayenne (Chartergus nidulans, Fig
304) is a consummate artist. Its nest represents a sort of box or
bag, made of a substance resembling card-
board, so fine and so white that the best
worker in that material would be deceived
by it. This nest has only one single hole
at its base; each of the combs it contains
is likewise pierced by a hole in its centre,
to afford a passage to the wasps. In an Fig. 854.—The Card-making
architectural point of view, the card- ay Ae Fer gerne
making wasp is almost superior to the bee, for the latter does not
build its house, it only furnishes it, as Latreille remarks with
truth. The Brazilian species of Chartergus, which the in-
habitants call Lecheguana,* manufactures a honey, the use of
which is not without danger, as it occasions vertigo and sharp
pains in the stomach. The naturalist, Auguste Saint-Hilaire,
during his sojourn in Brazil, himself experienced ill effects from
eating it.
There are, moreover, solitary wasps, which make their cells in
holes which they scoop out in the ground, or in the stalks of
certain plants. In the adult state these live on honey; but their
larvee are carnivorous, and the female is obliged to bring them
living insects. The commonest of these solitary wasps belong to
* Hence the scientific name, Chartergus lecheguana.—Ep.
|
‘esr
45
gp
> byl
wai
re 1h)
OM
330 THE INSECT WORLD.
the genus Odynerus. This insect makes its nest in the stalk
of a bramble or briar (Fig. 358) with a mortar which it pre-
Fig. 355.—A species of Odynerus. Fig. 356,—Larva of the Fig. 357.—Pupa of
Odynerus. the Odynerus.
pares. The larva (Fig. 3856) lines its cell with a silky cocoon.
It is the last egg laid which is
hatched the first; then come the
others, in an inverse order from
that in which they were deposited.
If it had been in the other order,
Fig.348,—Nest of an Odynerusin thestem the insects could not have come
eee: out of the cells without destroy-
ing on their way the less advanced pupe.
ANTS.
The habits of the Ants are as remarkable as the habits of the
bees. In their marvellous republics each one has his fixed duties
to perform, of which he acquits himself willingly and without
constraint. In consequence of their habits of foresight and fru-
gality, ease reigns in the dwellings of these little animals, which
become attached to their nest by a feeling of patriotism. Woe
betide him who disturbs them in their occupations, or destroys
their house. Like bees, they form a regular republic, composed
—first, of males; secondly, of females; thirdly, of neuters, or
workers. We shall see, further on, the labours and the part
played by each one of these three orders of the republic. Let
us speak first of the species.
Ants are divided into a great number of species, which have
been carefully described by De Geer, Latreille, and Francis Huber,
the son of the celebrated blind man who wrote the history of bees.
All these species have, however, some general traits in common,
by which they may be easily distinguished from all other insects.
HYMENOPTERA. 381
Ants have a slim body on long legs. The workers are stouter
and smaller than the males; and these last are smaller than the
females. The males have large and prominent eyes, whilst the
eyes of the workers and females are small.
Ants are provided with antenne, bent in the form of an
elbow, with which they examine everything they meet, and
which seem to assist them in the communication of their ideas.
Two horny, very strong mandibles serve them at the same time as
pincers, tweezers, scissors, pick-axe, fork, and sword.